HTML-365-385 Op y Mant

Quality Changes the World
Crawler Hydraulic
Excavator
SY365H/
SY385H
Operation and Maintenance Manual

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
SY365H/SY385H
Hydraulic Crawler Excavator
Operation and Maintenance Manual
WARNING
Read and follow the safety precautions and instructions in this manual and on the machine
decals. Failure to do can cause serious injury, death or property damage. Keep this manual with
the machine for reading and future reference.
Operation and Maintenance Manual-

Sany Group
Sany Heavy Machinery Limited
Sany industrial park, economic and technology development zone,
Kunshan, Jiangsu 215300, P.R. China
http://www.sanygroup.com
Service hotline: 0086-4006 098 318
E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn
© 2016 by Sany Group. All right reserved. This is the original instruction. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, used, distributed or disclosed except during normal operation of the
machine as described herein. All information included within this publication was accurate at the
time of publication. Product improvements, revisions, etc., may result in differences between your
machine and what is presented here. Sany Group assumes no liability. For more information, please
contact Sany Group.
Operation and Maintenance Manual-
EXEMPTION CLAUSES
Specific Declaration
The hydraulic crawler excavator is a multi-purpose construction machine that is primarily used for
digging or loading earth and stones. It can also be used for grading, slope-trimming, lifting, break-
ing, demolishing and trenching applications. The excavator is widely used in road and railway con-
struction, bridge building, city construction, as well as airport, sea port and water conservation
construction. It can also perform the function of bull dozer, loader and crane. Application other than
the specified range are excluded from the scope. Sany assumes no responsibility for any conse-
quence caused by unauthorized applications.
Sany assumes no responsibility for consequences caused by the following factors:

• Misuse of the excavator due to failure to observe the information provided hereunder in this
manual;
• Unauthorized restructuring or modification to the excavator;
• Use of non-genuine parts, or untested or unapproved parts or tools.
• Machine failure or damage resulted from natural disasters (such as earthquake, typhoon, etc.),
wars and other force majeure.
Sany cannot anticipate all potential hazards that may occur on work site. Therefore, excavator op-
erator and owner shall attach great importance to the issue of safety.
Local government may impose higher standards for use of a hydraulic excavator. If local regula-
tions have conflicts to the safety rules described herein, whichever the stricter applies.
Obligations of Sany
• Offer quality excavators along with correct information.

• Abide by after-sales service commitment and keep a record for all maintenance work and repair
work.
• Provide training for excavator operators and service persons as required.
Obligations of owners or authorized persons
• Only trained personnel who fully understand the Parts Book and the Safety, Operation and Main-
tenance Manual are allowed to operate and service the hydraulic excavator.
• Make sure that the excavator operator and service person are qualified for this job and know
their responsibilities.
• Regularly inspect the safety awareness of related persons at work.
• Should any fault threatening safety occurs, shut down the excavator immediately.
• Sany service personnel have the right to carry out safety inspection to the excavator when
required.
Operation and Maintenance Manual- 1

• Besides the checks specified by Sany, local laws and regulations on excavator shall also be
observed.
• Ensure timely maintenance and repair of the hydraulic excavator.
• Make a detailed plan for proper use of the hydraulic excavator.
Obligations of all operating personnel
• Any abnormalities that could bring improper operation of the hydraulic excavator or potential
hazards should be reported to your supervisor. The abnormalities should be corrected timely if
possible.
• All workers around the hydraulic excavator must know and obey all warning signals, and be alert
to safety of oneself and others.
• All operators must know the operating items and procedures.
• Be alert to any hazardous situation and immediately inform operator and signalman of the haz-
ards such as high voltage cables, irrelevant people and worse ground condition.
Obligations of manager
The operator must have been trained and fully understand the provision of the Safety, Operation
and Maintenance Manual. The operator must be healthy and licensed. Otherwise he/she is not al-
lowed to operate the hydraulic excavator.
• Make sure that the operator has good sense, cooperation awareness and psychological quality,
or he/she is not allowed to operate or service the hydraulic excavator.
• Make sure that the signal person has good visibility and hearing ability, knows standard com-
mand signals and can give signals clearly and correctly. The signal person shall also have
enough experience to recognize hazardous factors and timely tell the operator to avoid the
hazards.
• Make sure that the assistant person can positively identify the model and working condition of
hydraulic excavator and choose a suitable hydraulic excavator.
• Each operating personnel of a project shall bear certain safety responsibilities and is required to
timely report unsafe factors to the supervisor.
2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-5
1.2 Your Documentation Package.............................................................................................1-6
1.2.1 Overview........................................................................................................................1-6
1.2.2 Documentation storage ...............................................................................................1-6
1.2.3 CD system requirements.............................................................................................1-6
1.2.4 Recommendations on using the documentation .....................................................1-6
1.2.5 Manual organization.....................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.1 Overview.................................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.2 Introduction ............................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.3 Safety......................................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.4 System functions...................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.5 Operation................................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.6 Maintenance ..........................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.7 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................1-8
1.2.5.8 Specifications.........................................................................................................1-8
1.2.5.9 Optional equipment...............................................................................................1-8
1.3 Your sany machine................................................................................................................1-8
1.3.1 Machine applications ...................................................................................................1-8
1.3.2 Machine directions .......................................................................................................1-9
1.3.3 Breaking in a new machine .........................................................................................1-9
1.3.4 Machine information.................................................................................................. 1-10
1.3.4.1 Overview.............................................................................................................. 1-10
1.3.4.2 Product identification plate................................................................................ 1-10
1.3.4.3 Engine identification plates............................................................................... 1-10
1.3.4.4 Right and left drive motor identification plates ............................................... 1-10
1.3.4.5 Swing motor identification plate ........................................................................1-11
1.3.4.6 Hydraulic pump identification plate...................................................................1-11
1.3.4.7 Chassis serial number........................................................................................1-11
1.3.5 Table for serial number and distributor information .............................................. 1-12
1.4 Noise and vibration statements........................................................................................ 1-12
1.5 Correction request form - technical publications ........................................................... 1-13
1.6 Contact information............................................................................................................ 1-13
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Safety information .................................................................................................................2-5
Operation and Maintenance Manual- I

Table of Contents SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
2.2 Safety messages ..................................................................................................................2-6

2.2.1 Overview........................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.2 Hazard alert message..................................................................................................2-6
2.2.3 Safety decals ................................................................................................................2-7
2.2.3.1 Safety decals .........................................................................................................2-7
2.2.3.2 Textual safety decals ............................................................................................2-7
2.2.3.3 Graphical safety decals........................................................................................2-8
2.2.3.4 Safety decal locations...........................................................................................2-8
2.2.3.5 Safety decal explanation................................................................................... 2-10
2.3 General precautions ......................................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.1 Safety rules................................................................................................................. 2-16
2.3.2 Abnormalities ............................................................................................................. 2-17
2.3.3 Personal protective equipment................................................................................ 2-17
2.3.4 Fire extinguisher and first aid kit.............................................................................. 2-18
2.3.5 Safety equipment....................................................................................................... 2-18
2.3.6 Cleaning your machine............................................................................................. 2-19
2.3.7 Keeping the cab clean .............................................................................................. 2-19
2.3.8 Engaging the hydraulic lockout control .................................................................. 2-20
2.3.9 Handholds and steps ................................................................................................ 2-20
2.3.10 Overhead work ........................................................................................................ 2-21
2.3.11 No sitting on attachment......................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.12 Articulated parts....................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.13 Preventing burns .................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.13.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.13.2 Hot coolant........................................................................................................ 2-21
2.3.13.3 Hot oil................................................................................................................. 2-22
2.3.14 Preventing fire and explosion ............................................................................. 2-23
2.3.14.1 Fire caused by fuel or oils ............................................................................... 2-23
2.3.14.2 Fire caused by flammable materials ............................................................. 2-23
2.3.14.3 Fire caused by electric lines ........................................................................... 2-24
2.3.14.4 Fire caused by hydraulic lines........................................................................ 2-24
2.3.14.5 Fire caused by illumination equipment ......................................................... 2-24
2.3.14.6 Fire caused by heat shield.............................................................................. 2-24
2.3.15 In the event of fire.................................................................................................... 2-25
2.3.16 Preventing ejection of part ..................................................................................... 2-25
2.3.17 Preventing ejection of part ..................................................................................... 2-25
2.3.18 Falling object protection ......................................................................................... 2-26
2.3.19 Attachment installation ........................................................................................... 2-26
2.3.20 Attachment combination......................................................................................... 2-27
2.3.21 Cab window glasses ............................................................................................... 2-27
II Operation and Maintenance Manual-

2.3.22 Unauthorized modification ..................................................................................... 2-27

2.3.23 Work site investigation............................................................................................ 2-28
2.3.24 Operation on soft ground ....................................................................................... 2-28
2.3.25 Overhead power cables ......................................................................................... 2-29
2.3.26 Ensuring a good view ............................................................................................. 2-30
2.3.27 Ventilating enclosed area....................................................................................... 2-31
2.3.28 Asbestos hazard...................................................................................................... 2-31
2.3.29 Alternate exit ............................................................................................................ 2-32
2.4 Operation Safety ................................................................................................................ 2-32
2.4.1 Safe starting ............................................................................................................... 2-32
2.4.1.1 Safe mounting..................................................................................................... 2-32
2.4.1.2 Seat adjustment ................................................................................................. 2-33
2.4.1.3 Seat belt............................................................................................................... 2-33
2.4.1.4 Before starting the engine................................................................................. 2-33
2.4.1.5 Safe starting........................................................................................................ 2-34
2.4.1.6 Starting engine in cold season ......................................................................... 2-34
2.4.1.7 Engine starting aid ............................................................................................. 2-35
2.4.1.8 After starting the engine .................................................................................... 2-36
2.4.2 Operation .................................................................................................................... 2-37
2.4.2.1 Inspection before operation .............................................................................. 2-37
2.4.2.2 Precautions before operation ........................................................................... 2-38
2.4.2.3 Travel directions ................................................................................................. 2-38
2.4.2.4 Steering safety rules .......................................................................................... 2-39
2.4.2.5 Traveling safety rules......................................................................................... 2-40
2.4.2.6 Safe traveling...................................................................................................... 2-41
2.4.2.7 Operation on an incline ..................................................................................... 2-43
2.4.2.8 Operation in snowy weather ............................................................................. 2-43
2.4.2.9 Restricted operations......................................................................................... 2-44
2.4.3 Parking the machine ................................................................................................. 2-46
2.4.3.1 Selecting a parking place.................................................................................. 2-46
2.4.3.2 Machine shutdown ............................................................................................. 2-47
2.4.4 Transportation............................................................................................................ 2-47
2.4.4.1 Transporting the machine ................................................................................. 2-47
2.4.4.2 Loading and unloading the machine ............................................................... 2-48
2.4.5 Battery......................................................................................................................... 2-49
2.4.6 Towing safety ............................................................................................................. 2-50
2.4.7 Lifting objects ............................................................................................................. 2-51
2.5 Maintenance Safety ........................................................................................................... 2-52
2.5.1 Precautions before maintenance ............................................................................ 2-52
Operation and Maintenance Manual- III

2.5.2 Self-preparation ......................................................................................................... 2-52

2.5.3 Work area preparation .............................................................................................. 2-53
2.5.4 Engine shutdown procedure .................................................................................... 2-53
2.5.5 Lock out and tag out.................................................................................................. 2-54
2.5.6 Suitable tools.............................................................................................................. 2-54
2.5.7 Maintenance with engine running ........................................................................... 2-55
2.5.8 Working under the machine ..................................................................................... 2-55
2.5.9 Track maintenance.................................................................................................... 2-56
2.5.10 Track tension adjustment precautions ................................................................. 2-56
2.5.11 Do not remove the recoil spring............................................................................. 2-57
2.5.12 Hot cooling system.................................................................................................. 2-57
2.5.13 High-pressure hoses............................................................................................... 2-58
2.5.14 Pressurized fluid...................................................................................................... 2-58
2.5.15 Welding operation ................................................................................................... 2-59
2.5.16 Air-conditioning system .......................................................................................... 2-59
2.5.17 High voltage precautions........................................................................................ 2-60
2.5.18 Accumulator ............................................................................................................. 2-60
2.5.19 Regular replacement of safety-related parts....................................................... 2-60
2.5.20 Maintenance operation........................................................................................... 2-61
2.5.21 Proper disposal of wastes...................................................................................... 2-61
3 System Functions...........................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Machine general drawing.....................................................................................................3-5
3.2 Monitor system ......................................................................................................................3-6
3.2.1 Monitor functions ..........................................................................................................3-6
3.2.2 Monitor operation..........................................................................................................3-9
3.2.2.1 Default page...........................................................................................................3-9
3.2.2.2 Main menu........................................................................................................... 3-10
3.2.2.3 Password entry to system information .............................................................3-11
3.2.2.4 System lockout ....................................................................................................3-11
3.2.2.5 Engine & throttle signals ................................................................................... 3-12
3.2.2.6 Pilot pressure signals ........................................................................................ 3-12
3.2.2.7 Main & cooling pump signals............................................................................ 3-13
3.2.2.8 Input & output switch signals ............................................................................ 3-13
3.2.2.9 Failure information ............................................................................................. 3-14
3.2.2.10 GPS information............................................................................................... 3-14
3.2.2.11 Language selection.......................................................................................... 3-15
3.2.2.12 System time calibration................................................................................... 3-15
3.2.2.13 Maintenance information ................................................................................ 3-16
3.2.2.14 Maintenance confirmation .............................................................................. 3-16
IV Operation and Maintenance Manual-

3.2.2.15 System setting.................................................................................................. 3-17

3.2.2.16 Operation time calibration............................................................................... 3-17
3.2.2.17 Machine configuration setting ........................................................................ 3-18
3.2.2.18 Alarm content setting....................................................................................... 3-18
3.2.2.19 Screen backlight adjust................................................................................... 3-19
3.2.2.20 Running correct setting ................................................................................... 3-19
3.2.2.21 Engine information........................................................................................... 3-20
3.2.2.22 Engine information........................................................................................... 3-20
3.2.2.23 Display engine related information................................................................ 3-21
3.2.2.24 Daily maintenance information ...................................................................... 3-21
3.2.2.25 System lockout information ............................................................................ 3-22
3.2.2.26 System unlock .................................................................................................. 3-22
3.3 Switches .............................................................................................................................. 3-23
3.3.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 3-23
3.3.2 Start switch ................................................................................................................. 3-23
3.3.3 Fuel control dial.......................................................................................................... 3-24
3.3.4 Work lamp switch ...................................................................................................... 3-25
3.3.5 Head lamp switch ...................................................................................................... 3-26
3.3.6 Windshield wiper switch ........................................................................................... 3-27
3.3.7 Washer switch............................................................................................................ 3-27
3.3.8 Horn switch................................................................................................................. 3-28
3.3.9 Cab lamp switch ........................................................................................................ 3-28
3.3.10 Cigarette lighter ....................................................................................................... 3-29
3.3.11 Diagnostic swith....................................................................................................... 3-29
3.3.12 Charging indicator ................................................................................................... 3-30
3.3.13 Engine fault indicator .............................................................................................. 3-30
3.3.14 Preheat indicator ..................................................................................................... 3-30
3.3.15 Emergency stop toggle switch............................................................................... 3-31
3.4 Control levers and pedals ................................................................................................. 3-31
3.4.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 3-31
3.4.2 Hydraulic lockout control .......................................................................................... 3-32
3.4.3 Travel control levers.................................................................................................. 3-32
3.4.4 Joysticks ..................................................................................................................... 3-33
3.5 Cab windows and cab door .............................................................................................. 3-35
3.5.1 Ceiling window ........................................................................................................... 3-35
3.5.2 Front window.............................................................................................................. 3-36
3.5.3 Cab door window....................................................................................................... 3-43
3.6 Cup holder........................................................................................................................... 3-44
3.7 Ash tray................................................................................................................................ 3-44
3.8 Manual pocket .................................................................................................................... 3-45
Operation and Maintenance Manual- V

3.9 Drink box ............................................................................................................................. 3-45

3.10 Alternate exit..................................................................................................................... 3-46
3.11 Fire extinguisher............................................................................................................... 3-46
3.12 Controller........................................................................................................................... 3-47
3.13 Fusible link ........................................................................................................................ 3-47
3.14 Air conditioning system ................................................................................................... 3-48
3.14.1 Control panel............................................................................................................ 3-48
3.14.2 Operation method ................................................................................................... 3-53
3.14.3 Air conditioner operation precautions................................................................... 3-55
3.15 Radio.................................................................................................................................. 3-57
3.15.1 Control panel............................................................................................................ 3-57
3.15.2 Operation.................................................................................................................. 3-59
3.16 Door catch......................................................................................................................... 3-62
3.17 Lockable caps and covers .............................................................................................. 3-63
3.18 Lockable caps................................................................................................................... 3-63
3.19 Lockable covers ............................................................................................................... 3-64
3.20 Toolbox .............................................................................................................................. 3-65
3.21 Grease pump frame......................................................................................................... 3-66
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Before starting the engine....................................................................................................4-5
4.1.1 Walk-around inspection ...............................................................................................4-5
4.1.2 Inspection before starting............................................................................................4-6
4.1.2.1 Overview.................................................................................................................4-6
4.1.2.2 Water and sediment in fuel tank - drain .............................................................4-7
4.1.2.3 Water and sediment in water separator - check/drain .....................................4-7
4.1.2.4 Hydraulic oil level - check/refill ............................................................................4-8
4.1.2.5 Coolant level - check/refill ....................................................................................4-9
4.1.2.6 Oil level in oil pan - check/add.......................................................................... 4-10
4.1.2.7 Electric wires - check ......................................................................................... 4-10
4.1.2.8 Fuel level - Check and add ............................................................................... 4-12
4.1.2.9 Work lamp switches - check ............................................................................. 4-13
4.1.2.10 Horn - check...................................................................................................... 4-13
4.1.3 Adjustment before operation.................................................................................... 4-14
4.1.3.1 Operator seat adjustment ................................................................................. 4-14
4.1.3.2 Rear view mirrors ............................................................................................... 4-15
4.1.3.3 Seat belt............................................................................................................... 4-17
4.1.4 Operation before engine startup ............................................................................. 4-18
4.2 Engine starting.................................................................................................................... 4-19
4.2.1 Engine preheating ..................................................................................................... 4-19
VI Operation and Maintenance Manual-

4.2.2 Warm-up operation.................................................................................................... 4-20

4.3 Engine shutdown................................................................................................................ 4-21
4.4 Machine operation ............................................................................................................. 4-22
4.4.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 4-22
4.4.2 Before moving the machine ..................................................................................... 4-22
4.4.3 Move the machine ..................................................................................................... 4-23
4.4.4 Stopping the machine ............................................................................................... 4-24
4.5 Machine turning.................................................................................................................. 4-25
4.5.1 Machine turning ......................................................................................................... 4-25
4.5.2 Direction change when the machine is stopped ................................................. 4-25
4.5.3 Pivot turning ............................................................................................................... 4-27
4.6 Work Equipment Control ................................................................................................... 4-27
4.7 Restricted operations......................................................................................................... 4-29
4.7.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 4-29
4.7.2 Operation with swinging force ................................................................................. 4-30
4.7.3 Operation with traveling force.................................................................................. 4-30
4.7.4 Permissible depth of water....................................................................................... 4-31
4.7.5 Operation with bucket landing force ....................................................................... 4-32
4.7.6 Hard rocky ground..................................................................................................... 4-32
4.7.7 Operation with machine weight ............................................................................... 4-33
4.7.8 Sudden shift of control levers/pedals...................................................................... 4-33
4.8 Permissible depth of water ............................................................................................... 4-34
4.9 Traveling on a slope........................................................................................................... 4-35
4.9.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 4-35
4.9.2 Traveling downhill...................................................................................................... 4-36
4.9.3 When engine stalls on a slope................................................................................. 4-36
4.9.4 Cab door on a slope .................................................................................................. 4-36
4.10 Escaping from mud.......................................................................................................... 4-36
4.10.1 Escaping from mud ................................................................................................. 4-36
4.10.2 When one track is trapped ..................................................................................... 4-37
4.10.3 When both tracks are trapped ............................................................................... 4-37
4.11 Recommended application ............................................................................................. 4-37
4.11.1 Overview ................................................................................................................... 4-37
4.11.2 Backhoe operation .................................................................................................. 4-38
4.11.3 Trenching work......................................................................................................... 4-39
4.11.4 Loading operation.................................................................................................... 4-39
4.12 Parking .............................................................................................................................. 4-40
4.13 Inspection after each workday ....................................................................................... 4-42
4.14 Locking .............................................................................................................................. 4-43
4.15 Operation in cold weather............................................................................................... 4-43
4.15.1 Overview................................................................................................................... 4-43
Operation and Maintenance Manual- VII

4.15.2 Fuel and lubricant.................................................................................................... 4-43

4.15.3 Coolant...................................................................................................................... 4-44
4.15.4 Battery....................................................................................................................... 4-44
4.15.5 After each workday ................................................................................................. 4-44
4.15.6 After cold season..................................................................................................... 4-45
4.16 Long-term storage ........................................................................................................... 4-46
4.16.1 Before storage ......................................................................................................... 4-46
4.16.2 During storage ......................................................................................................... 4-46
4.16.3 After storage............................................................................................................. 4-47
4.16.4 Engine startup after long-term storage ................................................................ 4-47
4.17 Transportation information.............................................................................................. 4-48
4.17.1 Transportation information..................................................................................... 4-48
4.17.2 Transport methods .................................................................................................. 4-48
4.17.3 Loading and unloading ........................................................................................... 4-49
4.17.3.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 4-49
4.17.3.2 Loading.............................................................................................................. 4-50
4.17.3.3 Securing the machine...................................................................................... 4-52
4.17.3.4 Unloading .......................................................................................................... 4-54
4.17.3.5 Lifting the machine........................................................................................... 4-56
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Maintenance information......................................................................................................5-5
5.2 Oil, fuel and coolant ..............................................................................................................5-7
5.2.1 Oil....................................................................................................................................5-7
5.2.2 Fuel.................................................................................................................................5-8
5.2.3 Coolant...........................................................................................................................5-8
5.2.4 Grease ...........................................................................................................................5-9
5.2.5 Oil and fuel storage ......................................................................................................5-9
5.2.6 Filter element ............................................................................................................. 5-10
5.2.7 Electrical system........................................................................................................ 5-10
5.3 Wear Parts ......................................................................................................................... 5-10
5.4 recommended fuel, coolant and lubricant .......................................................................5-11
5.4.1 Overview......................................................................................................................5-11
5.4.2 Table of recommended fuel, oil and coolant .......................................................... 5-13
5.4.3 Table of capacities..................................................................................................... 5-15
5.5 Tightening torque table...................................................................................................... 5-15
5.5.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 5-15
5.5.2 Table of bolt tightening torques ............................................................................... 5-15
5.5.3 Table of hydraulic hose tightening torques ............................................................ 5-16
5.6 Safety-related parts ........................................................................................................... 5-16
VIII Operation and Maintenance Manual-

5.7 Maintenance procedures .................................................................................................. 5-17

5.7.1 Maintenance Schedule ............................................................................................. 5-17
5.7.2 Initial 50 hours of operation...................................................................................... 5-19
5.7.3 When required ........................................................................................................... 5-19
5.7.3.1 Track shoe bolts - inspect/tighten .................................................................... 5-19
5.7.3.2 Track tension - inspect/adjust........................................................................... 5-20
5.7.3.3 Bucket - replace.................................................................................................. 5-23
5.7.3.4 Bucket tips (lateral pin) - replace ..................................................................... 5-25
5.7.3.5 Bucket clearance - adjust.................................................................................. 5-26
5.7.3.6 Window washer fluid level - check/refill .......................................................... 5-27
5.7.3.7 Air conditioner - inspect/service ....................................................................... 5-28
5.7.3.8 Ceiling window gas spring - inspect ................................................................ 5-30
5.7.4 Inspection Prior to Startup........................................................................................ 5-32
5.7.5 Every 100 service hours ........................................................................................... 5-32
5.7.5.1 Lubrication........................................................................................................... 5-32
5.7.6.1 Air filter element - inspect/clean/ replace........................................................ 5-36
5.7.6.2 Compressor belt tension - inspect/adjust ....................................................... 5-40
5.7.6.3 Swing bearing - lubricate................................................................................... 5-41
5.7.6.4 Pipe clamps of hydraulic system - check........................................................ 5-41
5.7.7.1 Overview.............................................................................................................. 5-42
5.7.7.2 Swing pinion gear grease level - inspect/fill ................................................... 5-42
5.7.7.3 Engine pan oil and filter element - change/replace ....................................... 5-43
5.7.7.4 Primary fuel filter element - replace................................................................. 5-45
5.7.7.5 Secondary fuel filter element - replace ........................................................... 5-48
5.7.7.6 Radiator and oil cooler fins - inspect/clean..................................................... 5-51
5.7.7.7 Air conditioner fresh air/recirculation filter - clean ......................................... 5-53
5.7.7.8 Swing drive oil level - check/refill ..................................................................... 5-55
5.7.7.9 Final drive oil level - check/refill ....................................................................... 5-56
5.7.7.10 Engine coolant pump (fan shaft) - lubricate ................................................. 5-57
5.7.8 Every 1000 service hours......................................................................................... 5-57
5.7.8.1 Overview.............................................................................................................. 5-57
5.7.8.2 Hydraulic oil return filter element / oil drain filter element/pilot filter
element- replace ............................................................................................... 5-58
5.7.8.3 Swing drive oil - change .................................................................................... 5-60
5.7.8.4 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check............................................................... 5-61
5.7.8.5 Fan belt tension - check/replace ...................................................................... 5-61
5.7.8.6 Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (breaker) - check..................................... 5-61
Operation and Maintenance Manual- IX

5.7.8.7 Breather valve - check/replace......................................................................... 5-61

5.7.8.8 Filling lubricating grease of Rotary Reduction Gear ..................................... 5-62
5.7.9 Every 2000 service hours......................................................................................... 5-63
5.7.9.1 Every 2000 service hours ................................................................................. 5-63
5.7.9.2 Final drive oil - change ...................................................................................... 5-63
5.7.9.3 Hydraulic oil suction filter element – clean/replace ....................................... 5-64
5.7.9.4 Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (control oil circuit) - check...................... 5-65
5.7.9.5 Cooling system interior - clean......................................................................... 5-68
5.7.9.6 Alternator - inspect............................................................................................. 5-69
5.7.9.7 Engine valve clearance - check/ adjust........................................................... 5-70
5.7.10 Every 4000 service hours....................................................................................... 5-70
5.7.10.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 5-70
5.7.10.2 Water pump - inspect ...................................................................................... 5-70
5.7.10.3 Start motor - check........................................................................................... 5-70
5.7.10.4 Oil in hydraulic tank - change ......................................................................... 5-71
5.7.10.5 Accumulator - replace ..................................................................................... 5-72
5.7.10.6 High-pressure tube clamps and rubber - check .......................................... 5-73
5.7.10.7 Compressor working condition - inspect ...................................................... 5-73
5.7.11 Every 8000 service hours....................................................................................... 5-74
5.7.11.1 Overview............................................................................................................ 5-74
5.7.11.2 High-pressure tube clamps - replace ............................................................ 5-74
5.7.12 Every 10000 service hours .................................................................................... 5-74
6 Troubleshooting ..............................................................................................................6-1
6.1 Troubleshooting preparation ...............................................................................................6-3
6.1.1 Checks before troubleshooting...................................................................................6-3
6.1.2 Troubleshooting precautions ......................................................................................6-4
6.1.3 Electrical circuits troubleshooting precautions.........................................................6-5
6.1.4 Hydraulic components handling precautions ...........................................................6-6
6.2 Measures taken when failure occurs..................................................................................6-8
6.2.1 Failure-like phenomena...............................................................................................6-8
6.2.2 Towing the Machine .....................................................................................................6-9
6.3 Engine failures.................................................................................................................... 6-10
6.3.1 Engine troubleshooting table ................................................................................... 6-10
6.3.2 Coolant temperature high......................................................................................... 6-14
6.3.3 Engine oil pressure low............................................................................................. 6-15
6.3.4 When fuel runs out .................................................................................................... 6-16
6.3.5 When engine rotates reversely................................................................................ 6-18
6.4 Failures of the electrical system....................................................................................... 6-19
6.4.1 Electrical system troubleshooting table.................................................................. 6-19
X Operation and Maintenance Manual-

6.4.2 Failure codes.............................................................................................................. 6-22

6.5 Battery.................................................................................................................................. 6-25
6.5.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 6-25
6.5.2 Battery removal and installation .............................................................................. 6-26
6.5.3 Battery charging......................................................................................................... 6-26
6.5.4 Starting engine with jumper cable........................................................................... 6-27
6.5.4.1 Overview.............................................................................................................. 6-27
6.5.4.2 Connecting jumper cables ................................................................................ 6-28
6.5.4.3 Starting engine ................................................................................................... 6-28
6.5.4.4 Disconnecting jumper cables ........................................................................... 6-28
6.6 Failures of the hydraulic system ...................................................................................... 6-29
6.7 Other Common Failures.................................................................................................... 6-35
7 Specifications ...................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Machine dimensions.............................................................................................................7-3
7.2 Working ranges .....................................................................................................................7-4
7.3 Technical specifications .......................................................................................................7-5
8 Optional equipment ......................................................................................................8-1

8.1.1 Overview........................................................................................................................8-5
8.1.2 Optional equipment selection .....................................................................................8-5
8.1.3 Read equipment instruction ........................................................................................8-5
8.1.4 Optional equipment removal and installation precautions .....................................8-5
8.1.5 Optional equipment operation precautions...............................................................8-6
8.2 Hydraulic control elements and oil circuit ..........................................................................8-8
8.2.1 Component locations ...................................................................................................8-8
8.2.1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................8-8
8.2.1.2 Attachment control pedal .....................................................................................8-9
8.2.1.3 Stop valve...............................................................................................................8-9
8.2.1.4 Selector valve ..................................................................................................... 8-10
8.2.2 Hydraulic circuit ......................................................................................................... 8-10
8.2.2.1 Overview.............................................................................................................. 8-10
8.2.2.2 Hydraulic circuit switching................................................................................. 8-10
8.2.2.3 Switching between breaker and general attachment.....................................8-11
8.2.2.4 Connecting hydraulic oil circuit..........................................................................8-11
8.2.2.5 Hydraulic oil path................................................................................................ 8-12
8.2.3 Attachment removal and installation....................................................................... 8-13
8.2.3.1 Removal .............................................................................................................. 8-13
8.2.3.2 Installation ........................................................................................................... 8-15
Operation and Maintenance Manual- XI

8.2.4 Hydraulic oil and filter - change/replace ................................................................. 8-17

8.2.5 Long-term storage ..................................................................................................... 8-18
8.3 Recommended Operations............................................................................................... 8-18
8.3.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 8-18
8.3.2 Hydraulic breaker ...................................................................................................... 8-19
8.3.3 Hydraulic breaker operation..................................................................................... 8-19
8.3.4 Restricted operations................................................................................................ 8-21
8.3.5 Hydraulic breaker greasing ...................................................................................... 8-24
8.4 Quick coupler...................................................................................................................... 8-25
8.4.1 Quick coupler control ................................................................................................ 8-25
8.4.2 Precautions for quick coupler safe operation ........................................................ 8-26
8.5 Fueling system ................................................................................................................... 8-28
8.5.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 8-28
8.5.2 Fueling system makeup............................................................................................ 8-28
8.6 Central lubrication system ................................................................................................ 8-29
8.6.1 Lubrication scheme and system makeup .............................................................. 8-29
8.6.2 Working principle ....................................................................................................... 8-31
8.6.3 Lubrication time setup............................................................................................... 8-32
8.6.4 Technical description................................................................................................. 8-34
8.6.5 Grease filling .............................................................................................................. 8-34
9 EC declaration .................................................................................................................9-1
9.1 Declaration Of Conformity ...................................................................................................9-3
XII Operation and Maintenance Manual-

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Introduction
Introduction
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-5
1.2 Your Documentation Package.............................................................................................1-6
1.2.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................1-6
1.2.2 Documentation storage ..............................................................................................1-6
1.2.3 CD system requirements ...........................................................................................1-6
1.2.4 Recommendations on using the documentation ....................................................1-6
1.2.5 Manual organization ...................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.1 Overview ...............................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.2 Introduction ...........................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.3 Safety.....................................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.4 System functions..................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.5 Operation ..............................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.6 Maintenance .........................................................................................................1-7
1.2.5.7 Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................1-8
1.2.5.8 Specifications .......................................................................................................1-8
1.2.5.9 Optional equipment .............................................................................................1-8
1.3 Your sany machine................................................................................................................1-8
1.3.1 Machine applications ..................................................................................................1-8
1.3.2 Machine directions ......................................................................................................1-9
1.3.3 Breaking in a new machine........................................................................................1-9
1.3.4 Machine information. ............................................................................................... 1-10
1.3.4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 1-10
1.3.4.2 Product identification plate .............................................................................. 1-10
1.3.4.3 Engine identification plates.............................................................................. 1-10
1.3.4.4 Right and left drive motor identification plates.............................................. 1-10
1.3.4.5 Swing motor identification plate.......................................................................1-11
1.3.4.6 Hydraulic pump identification plate .................................................................1-11
1.3.4.7 Chassis serial number.......................................................................................1-11
Operation and Maintenance Manual- 1-1

Introduction SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
1.3.5 Table for serial number and distributor information............................................. 1-12

1.4 Noise and vibration statements........................................................................................ 1-12
1.5 Correction request form - technical publications ........................................................... 1-13
1.6 Contact information............................................................................................................ 1-13
1-2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-


WARNING
Read and understand all safety precautions and instructions in this manual before reading any
other manuals provided with this machine and before operation or maintaining it.Failure to do
this could result in death or serious injury.

1.Introduction
1.1 Overview
• Sany-built machines offer high-quality per-

formance and star-grade after-sales
service.
• Sany-built machines are widely used
throughout the industry for various types of
applications.
• Sany i s a leading manufac turer of con-
struction equipment worldwide.
maintenance, troubleshooting and technical

specifications. In order to properly use your
Fig.1-1
equipment, it is important to read this manual
carefully before beginning any operations.
Items addressed in this manual are designed

to help you:
• Understand the structure and performance

of your hydraulic crawler excavator.
• Reduce improper operation and point out
possible hazardous situations.
• Increase equipment efficiency during
operation.
• Prolong the service life of equipment.
• Reduce maintenance costs.
Always keep this manual nearby and have all

personnel involved with any job-related proce-
dures read it periodically.
If you sell the machine, be sure to give this

manual to the new owner.
Continuing improvements in the design of this

model can lead to changes in details which
may not be covered in this manual. Always
consult your Sany distributor for the latest
available information on your machine or if
you have questions regarding information in
this manual.

1.2 Your Documentation Package

1.2.1 Overview
The documentation for this machine includes the following items:
• Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual (SOMM) — This manual is in the operator cab seat
pocket.
• Parts Book — This publication consists of parts lists and matching drawings for ordering spare
parts as-needed. If it was not already shipped with your machine, the parts book for your ma-
chine is available directly from Sany.
• CD — Along with this machine you will receive a CD that contains video instructions on safety,
operation and maintenance of this machine.
1.2.2 Documentation storage
Always keep the operator manual and load charts with the machine in the operator cab.
The parts book is best left either shelved in the workshop area or office. It should always be avail-
able to the maintenance and service personnel as required.
1.2.3 CD system requirements
In order to use the Sany CD, be sure of the

following:
Hardware:
• Intel® Pentium II® running at 500 MHz or
above
• At least 128 MB RAM
• CD-ROM drive
• Minimum screen resolution of 800 x 600
pixels, high-color depth
Software:
• Windows 2000, XP,Vista or Windows 7 op-
erating systems
• Internet Explorer 6.0 or later version (popup
blocker disabled)
• Acrobat Reader 7.0 or later version
1.2.4 Recommendations on using the documentation
• This documentation applies only to this machine and should not be used with any other
machines.

• To ensure that the documentation is always complete and up to date.

• Keep all pages inside its binder (if shipped loose leaf).
• I n s e r t S a n y r e p l a c eme n t p a g e s immediately into the appropriate book; destroy old
versions of those pages.
• Replace outdated CDs with new ones; destroy the old ones to prevent any confusion in the
future.
1.2.5 Manual organization
1.2.5.1 Overview
The operator manual is designed for use and maintenance of this machine. Each section of this
manual provides information you should be familiar with before operating this machine.
Keep this manual with the machine for your reference at all times. Replace it immediately if it is
damaged or lost. Due to improvement and updating of products, some information may differ from
your machine. If you have any questions on the machine, contact your Sany distributor before op-
erating or repairing the machine.
1.2.5.2 Introduction
This chapter provides an overview of what is covered in the rest of this manual, including machine
label information and Sany contact information.
1.2.5.3 Safety
This chapter covers basic safety information relating to this equipment. Make sure you fully under-
stand all the precautions described in this manual and the safety labels on the machine before op-
erating or maintaining this machine. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death.
1.2.5.4 System functions
This chapter provides an overview of all the controls, alerts and operating systems on the machine.
It is important to study and become familiar with all systems before proceeding with any
operations.
1.2.5.5 Operation
This chapter provides some basic operating procedures for this machine. Study and become famil-
iar with all operating procedures before performing any job functions with the machine.
1.2.5.6 Maintenance
This chapter provides all general maintenance and repair procedures. (Detailed rebuild/ replace-
ment/repair information are covered in a separate shop manual.) Study and become familiar with
all repair and maintenance procedures before performing any repair or maintenance operations.

1.2.5.7 Troubleshooting
This chapter includes common malfunctions and fault diagnostics procedures for this crawler hy-
draulic excavator operating system. Basic mechanical, hydraulic and electrical system trouble-
shooting is included.
1.2.5.8 Specifications
This chapter provides general required machine information for this crawler hydraulic excavator.
Some information may vary due to design changes.
1.2.5.9 Optional equipment
This section provides information regarding optional equipment for the excavator as authorized by
Sany. If you will be using any optional equipment, it is important to read the instruction manual for
the optional equipment and the general information related to optional equipment in this manual.
1.3 Your sany machine

1.3.1 Machine applications
Sany Hydraulic Excavators are designed for the following operations:
• Excavating
• Leveling
• Digging
• Loading
• Demolishing

1.3.2 Machine directions
Fig.1-2
(1) Front
In this manual, the front, back, left or right direc-
(2) Back tion indicates, when the cab faces the front and
the final drive is behind of the machine, the
(3) Left
moving direction that you could see from the
(4) Right cab.
(5) Operator’s seat
(6) Sprocket
1.3.3 Breaking in a new machine
Your machine has been thoroughly adjusted and tested before shipment. However, initial operation
of the machine under severe conditions can adversely affect the performance of the machine or
shorten the machine life. Therefore, Sany recommends that you allow a break-in period of 100 op-
erating hours for a new machine.
During the break-in period:
• Let the machine preheat prior to any operation.

• Avoid operating with severe loads or at high speeds.
• Avoid sudden starts, fast movements or stops.
• Always let the system cool down at the end of the working day.

1.3.4 Machine information.
1.3.4.1 Overview
The serial numbers and model numbers on the components are the only numbers that your Sany
distributor will need when ordering replacement parts or requiring assistance for your equipment. It
is a good idea to record this information in this manual for future use. Below are the locations of
the data plates
1.3.4.2 Product identification plate
On the lower right side of the operator station.
1.3.4.3 Engine identification plates
SY385
1.3.4.4 Right and left drive motor identification plates
Model:_______________________________
ID No.: ______________________________
Fig.1-3
On each drive motor.

1.3.4.5 Swing motor identification plate
On top of swing motor. Fig.1-4
Model:_______________________________
ID No.: ______________________________
1.3.4.6 Hydraulic pump identification plate
On bottom of pump.
Model:_______________________________
ID No.: ______________________________
Fig.1-5
1.3.4.7 Chassis serial number
An additional serial number is stamped on the

front part of the travel carriage frame.
Fig.1-6

1.3.5 Table for serial number and distributor information
This location is for you to record information relating to your machine. It is advised that you keep
this manual with your machine at all times for reference.
Machine Serial No.
Engine Serial No.
Distributor Name:
Address:
Phone Numbers:
1.4 Noise and vibration statements

Test Item Measured Values
Measured A-weighted emission sound pressure level, LPA at the 73
operator’s position, in decibels.
Measured A-weighted sound power level, LWA in decibels 106
Noise uncertainty in decibels 1.5
Operator seat vibration when the engine is idling in m/s2 0.1707
Cabin floor vibration when the engine is idling in m/s2. 0.1898
Operator seat vibration during digging in m/s2 0.6662
Operator seat vibration during digging in m/s2 0.6662
Cabin floor vibration during digging in m/s2 0.7158
Operator seat vibration when the machine is moving 1.814
Cabin floor vibration when the machine is moving in m/s2 1.944
Reference standards: ISO 6395, ISO/DIS 6396, EN ISO 3744. Noise value is measured according
to the method described in EN 474-1. The operator’s seat meets the requirements of EN ISO
7096:2000

1.5 Correction request form - technical publications

If you find a problem with this manual, please make a copy of this page, fill out the information and
send it to us attention Technical Publications. See Contact Information” on next page.
Date of this request

Your Name
Company Name
Your Department
Street Address
City, State & ZIP
Phone
E-mail
Machine Model & Serial No.
Description of Problem (Wrong information, unclear or erroneous procedure, etc.)
Corrective Action by You (if any)
1.6 Contact information

Thank you for purchasing a Sany machine. In the event that you need to contact us for any reason,
you can reach us as follows:
Sany Heavy Machinery Limited
Sany industrial park, economic and technology development zone, Kunshan, Jiangsu 215300, P.
R. China
Sany industrial park, economic and technology development zone, Kunshan, Jiangsu 215300, P.
R. China

Service hotline: 0086-4006 098 318
E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Safety
Safety
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.2 Safety messages ..................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.2 Hazard alert message ................................................................................................2-6
2.2.3 Safety decals ..............................................................................................................2-7
2.2.3.1 Safety decals ........................................................................................................2-7
2.2.3.2 Textual safety decals ...........................................................................................2-7
2.2.3.3 Graphical safety decals.......................................................................................2-8
2.2.3.4 Safety decal locations .........................................................................................2-8
2.2.3.5 Safety decal explanation.................................................................................. 2-10
2.3 General precautions ......................................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.1 Safety rules ............................................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.2 Abnormalities ............................................................................................................ 2-17
2.3.3 Personal protective equipment .............................................................................. 2-17
2.3.4 Fire extinguisher and first aid kit ............................................................................ 2-18
2.3.5 Safety equipment ..................................................................................................... 2-18
2.3.6 Cleaning your machine............................................................................................ 2-19
2.3.7 Keeping the cab clean ............................................................................................. 2-19
2.3.8 Engaging the hydraulic lockout control ................................................................. 2-20
2.3.9 Handholds and steps............................................................................................... 2-20
2.3.10 Overhead work ....................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.11 No sitting on attachment ....................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.12 Articulated parts ..................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.13 Preventing burns ................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.13.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.13.2 Hot coolant....................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.13.3 Hot oil ............................................................................................................... 2-22
2.3.14 Preventing fire and explosion............................................................................ 2-23
Safety SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
2.3.14.1 Fire caused by fuel or oils.............................................................................. 2-23

2.3.14.2 Fire caused by flammable materials ............................................................ 2-23
2.3.14.3 Fire caused by electric lines.......................................................................... 2-24
2.3.14.4 Fire caused by hydraulic lines ...................................................................... 2-24
2.3.14.5 Fire caused by illumination equipment ........................................................ 2-24
2.3.14.6 Fire caused by heat shield ............................................................................ 2-24
2.3.15 In the event of fire .................................................................................................. 2-25
2.3.16 Preventing ejection of part.................................................................................... 2-25
2.3.17 Preventing ejection of part.................................................................................... 2-25
2.3.18 Falling object protection ........................................................................................ 2-26
2.3.19 Attachment installation.......................................................................................... 2-26
2.3.20 Attachment combination ....................................................................................... 2-27
2.3.21 Cab window glasses.............................................................................................. 2-27
2.3.22 Unauthorized modification.................................................................................... 2-27
2.3.23 Work site investigation .......................................................................................... 2-28
2.3.24 Operation on soft ground ...................................................................................... 2-28
2.3.25 Overhead power cables ........................................................................................ 2-29
2.3.26 Ensuring a good view ............................................................................................ 2-30
2.3.27 Ventilating enclosed area ..................................................................................... 2-31
2.3.28 Asbestos hazard .................................................................................................... 2-31
2.3.29 Alternate exit........................................................................................................... 2-32
2.4 Operation Safety ................................................................................................................ 2-32
2.4.1 Safe starting.............................................................................................................. 2-32
2.4.1.1 Safe mounting ................................................................................................... 2-32
2.4.1.2 Seat adjustment ................................................................................................ 2-33
2.4.1.3 Seat belt ............................................................................................................. 2-33
2.4.1.4 Before starting the engine ............................................................................... 2-33
2.4.1.5 Safe starting....................................................................................................... 2-34
2.4.1.6 Starting engine in cold season........................................................................ 2-34
2.4.1.7 Engine starting aid ............................................................................................ 2-35
2.4.1.8 After starting the engine................................................................................... 2-36
2.4.2 Operation................................................................................................................... 2-37
2.4.2.1 Inspection before operation............................................................................. 2-37
2.4.2.2 Precautions before operation.......................................................................... 2-38
2.4.2.3 Travel directions................................................................................................ 2-38
2.4.2.4 Steering safety rules......................................................................................... 2-39
2.4.2.5 Traveling safety rules ....................................................................................... 2-40
2.4.2.6 Safe traveling..................................................................................................... 2-41
2.4.2.7 Operation on an incline .................................................................................... 2-43
2.4.2.8 Operation in snowy weather............................................................................ 2-43
2.4.2.9 Restricted operations ....................................................................................... 2-44
2.4.3 Parking the machine ................................................................................................ 2-46

2.4.3.1 Selecting a parking place................................................................................. 2-46
2.4.3.2 Machine shutdown............................................................................................ 2-47
2.4.4 Transportation........................................................................................................... 2-47
2.4.4.1 Transporting the machine................................................................................ 2-47
2.4.4.2 Loading and unloading the machine .............................................................. 2-48
2.4.5 Battery........................................................................................................................ 2-49
2.4.6 Towing safety ............................................................................................................ 2-50
2.4.7 Lifting objects............................................................................................................ 2-51
2.5 Maintenance Safety ........................................................................................................... 2-52
2.5.1 Precautions before maintenance........................................................................... 2-52
2.5.2 Self-preparation........................................................................................................ 2-52
2.5.3 Work area preparation............................................................................................. 2-53
2.5.4 Engine shutdown procedure................................................................................... 2-53
2.5.5 Lock out and tag out ................................................................................................ 2-54
2.5.6 Suitable tools ............................................................................................................ 2-54
2.5.7 Maintenance with engine running.......................................................................... 2-55
2.5.8 Working under the machine.................................................................................... 2-55
2.5.9 Track maintenance .................................................................................................. 2-56
2.5.10 Track tension adjustment precautions ................................................................ 2-56
2.5.11 Do not remove the recoil spring ........................................................................... 2-57
2.5.12 Hot cooling system ................................................................................................ 2-57
2.5.13 High-pressure hoses ............................................................................................. 2-58
2.5.14 Pressurized fluid..................................................................................................... 2-58
2.5.15 Welding operation.................................................................................................. 2-59
2.5.16 Air-conditioning system......................................................................................... 2-59
2.5.17 High voltage precautions ...................................................................................... 2-60
2.5.18 Accumulator............................................................................................................ 2-60
2.5.19 Regular replacement of safety-related parts...................................................... 2-60
2.5.20 Maintenance operation ......................................................................................... 2-61
2.5.21 Proper disposal of wastes..................................................................................... 2-61

WARNING

2.Safety
2.1 Safety information
The Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual is a guide for proper use this machine. The book
mainly contains technical and safety information necessary for machine operation. Users are obli-
gated to read and understand each part of this Manual.
This Manual helps you use the machine safely and efficiently. Precautions throughout this Manual
must be abided by during operation. Accidents could be prevented by observing the basic safety
rules for machine operation. Proper use and maintenance of this machine is your responsibility.
Failure to do so can cause personal injury or machine damage.
Only eligible, experienced operators with an official license (according to local laws) are allowed to
operate the machine.
Always operate your machine according to national, provincial, prefectural, municipal laws and
regulations. The operation safety information and instructions provided in this manual are just sug-
gestive and attentive.
Sany cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard during
operation and maintenance. The Safety messages in this manual and on the product are, there-
fore, not all inclusive. If a procedure, work method or operating technique that is not specifically
recommended in this manual is used, you must be sure that it is safe for you and for others. You
should also ensure that the product will not be damaged or unsafe by the operation, lubrication,
maintenance or repair procedures that you choose.
All materials, figures and specifications provided in this Manual are the latest available information
at the time of publication. Sany has the right to modify these information without prior notice. For
the latest information about the machine and questions about this Manual please contact Sany or
your distributor.
Before operation and maintenance, operator and maintenance personnel must observe the follow-
ing items:
• Read and understand the whole Manual.

• Read and understand the safety notices provided in this manual and the safety decals on the
machine.
• Never use the machine in applications or operations restricted by this Manual.
• If refueling quantity, particle content, or latitude is beyond the specification of this model, person-
al injury or machine damage could result. Such casualties are not covered by the warranty.
• Keep this Manual in the cab for reference at any time.
• If the Manual is missing or blurred, contact your Sany distributor to get a new one.
• This manual should be regarded as a permanent component of your machine. If you sell the ma-
chine to a third party, be sure to give this manual to the new owner.

• The machine provided by Sany to its buyer is in line with all specifications and standards of buy-
er's country. If the machine is purchased from another country or someone of a third country, it
might be lacking of some safety devices or technical requirements necessary for using the ma-
chine in your country. If you have question whether the machine is in line with the standards and
specifications of your country, please contact local Sany distributor before using the machine.
2.2 Safety messages

2.2.1 Overview
To help you use the machine safety, this Manual introduces safety precautions and decals at-
tached to the machine. These messages deal with potential hazards and how to prevent them.
User and after-sale persons must understand the alert signs and symbols on the machine before
operation and maintenance, strictly follow the safety rules and suggestions provided in this Man-
ual, and actively take preventive measures to minimize the risks of personal injury, machine dam-
age caused by inappropriate repair, and unsafe factors.
2.2.2 Hazard alert message
Hazard alert message consists of alert symbol and words. It is used to indicator possible hazards
that could lead to personal injury or machine damage. Hazard alert messages are classified into
several levels according to severity of a hazardous situation.
This Manual uses the following hazard alert messages to define a hazardous situation.
DANGER
It indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
It indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
It indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury. It can also be used to alert unsafe operation that can cause property loss.
It indicates a situation which can cause damage to the machine, personal property and/or the envi-
ronment, or cause the equipment to operate improperly.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.

For example,
WARNING
• The hydraulic lockout control must be placed in the locked position before you leave the opera-
tor cab.
• An unlocked hydraulic lockout control lever can cause serious injury or death if maneuvered
unexpectedly.
2.2.3 Safety decals
2.2.3.1 Safety decals
Safety decals are attached to the machine and used to alert operator or maintenance workers on
potential hazards on the spot during operation or maintenance.
Textual and graphical decals are used on the machine to tell you how to prevent a hazardous
situation.
2.2.3.2 Textual safety decals
Textual safety decals use brief text to indicate

hazardous situation and safety measures.
Fig. 2-1 is an example of textual safety

decals.
Fig.2-1

2.2.3.3 Graphical safety decals
Graphical safety decals use images or sym-

bols to indicate a hazardous situation and
how to avoid it.
Fig. 2-2 is an example of graphical safety

decals.
The upper triangle indicates the type of haz-

ardous situation while the lower circle shows
the way to avoid it.
Fig.2-2
2.2.3.4 Safety decal locations
The following safety decals are used on the machine.
• Be sure to recognize the correct locations of and information on the decals.

• To ensure that the decals can be read and understood easily, they have to be attached to correct
locations and always kept clean. The use of organic solution or gasoline to clean the decals is
not allowed as they can cause the paint on decal to peel off.
• There are also other decals besides those for warning and safety. They must be treated in the
same way as those for warning and safety.
• If any decal is broken, missing or blurred, replace it with a new one. For part number of a decal
see this Manual or the decal on machine.

Fig.2-3
NOTE: The decals illustrated above will be explained in the following pages.

2.2.3.5 Safety decal explanation
1. Read the Manual.
• Read this Manual before operating, servic-

ing, disassembling, reassembling and
transporting the machine.
Fig.2-4
2. Lock the front window.
• The front window may fall.

• Always secure the front window with the
latch after it is lifted open.
Fig.2-5
3. Excavator control pattern
• To prevent bodily injury or death, confirm

the running condition and the working mode
displayed when you operate the machine.
Pay attention to your surrounding and oper-
ate the machine slowly.
Fig.2-6

4. High voltage hazard
• There is electrocution hazard if your ma-

chine is too close to power cable.
• Keep a safe di s tance f rom power trans-
mission lines.
Fig.2-7
5. Remove the ignition key.
• Before leaving the machine, the operator

must lower the work equipment to ground,
place the hydraulic lockout control in the
locked position and remove the ignition key
from engine start switch.
Fig.2-8
6. Alternate exit
Fig.2-9

7. Do not enter the working range.
• It is possible to be hurt by the machine if

one stays in the working range.
• Keep a safe distance from the machine
when it is working.
Fig.2-10
8. Watch out the work equipment.
• There is the possibility of being hit by the

work equipment.
• Keep a safe distance from the machine
when it is working.
Fig.2-11
9. Hot surface
• Hot parts can cause burns. Do not touch

hot parts.
Fig.2-12

10.Squirting hazard
• Read the instruction before removing the

cap of pressure vessels such as oil tank. To
prevent squirting, turn the cap slowly to re-
lease internal pressure before removing it.
Fig.2-13
11.Fan cutting hazard
• Rotating components can cause injury. Do

not approach rotating components.
Fig.2-14
12.Track tension adjustment
• Never loosen the regulator valve more than

one turn, otherwise the high pressure can
eject the valve and cause injury.
Fig.2-15

13.Rotating belt hazard
• Rotating belt is hazardous.

• Stop the belt prior to maintenance.
Fig.2-16
14.Possible to fall
• There is the possibility of falling down.

• Do not stand near the edges of the
machine.
Fig.2-17

15.No step
• It is possible to fall. No step here.
Fig.2-18
16.No sitting
Fig.2-19

17.Water separator draining instruction
Fig.2-20
18.Refrigerant change instruction
Fig.2-21
2.3 General precautions

2.3.1 Safety rules
• Only trained personnel are allowed to operate and maintain the machine.
• Al l s a f e t y r u l e s , p r e c a u t i o n s a n d instructions must be followed when you perform
operation or maintenance on the machine.
• If you are being affected by alcohol or drug, your ability of safe operation or repair of the machine
would be severely impaired. This could bring you and others on the site under hazardous
situation.
• When you work with another operator or a traffic signalman on the site, be sure to make all per-
sons on the site understand all hand signals.

2.3.2 Abnormalities
In case of any abnormalities found during operation and maintenance, such as noise, vibration,
odor, incorrect gauge reading, smoking, or oil leaking, contact your Sany distributor and take nec-
essary measures. Never operate the machine before the faults are corrected.
2.3.3 Personal protective equipment
WARNING
• Never wear slack clothing and jewelry, which may get caught by control levers or other machine
parts.
• parts. Tie your hair if necessary to avoid such hazard.
• Always have your hard hat and safety shoes on. Wear safety goggles, face masks, gloves,
hearing protection and safety belt if necessary.
• Make sure al l PPEs are in good condition before use.
Fig.2-22
Wear proper work clothes and personal protective equipment (PPE) suitable for the environment
of the job site. You may need:
• Hard hat
• Safety shoes
• Safety glasses, goggles or face shield
• Protective gloves
• Hearing protection
• Reflective protective clothing
• Dust mask
Wear all necessary PPEs as well as other equipment required by your employer, local govern-
ment, and local laws and regulations. Never take a risk.

2.3.4 Fire extinguisher and first aid kit
1. To prevent injury or fire, observe the follow-

ing precautions:
• First aid kit and fire extinguisher should be

available nearby.
• Read and understand the instruction at-
tached to fire extinguisher. Use fire extin-
guisher properly.
• Regular inspection and maintenance shall
be done to ensure proper functioning of fire
extinguisher at any time.
Fig.2-23
• Check the first aid kit regularly and replen-
ish it when necessary.
• Make emergency scheme to deal with fire
and accidents.
2.3.5 Safety equipment
• Make sure all covers and caps are in proper

place. Repair or replace any of them immedi-
ately once found damaged.
• Know how to use these facilities and use
them correctly.
• Never remove the guard rail of the operator
cab (unless necessary) .
To protect you and others around you, your

machine may be equipped with the following
safety equipment. Make sure that they are se-
cured in place and in good condition.
• Falling object protective structure (FOPS)

• Front guard
• Lamps
• Safety signs
• Horn
• Guards
• Travel alarm
• Mirrors
• Fire extinguisher
• First aid kit

• Windshield wipers
Makesuretheaboveequipmenta
r e operational. Never remove or disconnect
any safety equipment.
2.3.6 Cleaning your machine
• Clean the windshields, mirrors and lights.

Make sure that the operating area, steps
and handholds are free from oil, grass,
snow, ice or mud, which can cause you to
slip and fall. Remove the mud on your soles
before getting on the machine.
• If the machine is checked or serviced with
presence of mud or oil dirt, it may cause
you to slip or fall, or dirt may get into your
eyes. Keep the machine clean all the time.
• If water has penetrated into the electrical Fig.2-24
system, never rush to power on your ma-
chine and start the engine, which can cause
machine failure or PC board damage.
Never flush the electrical system (including
sensors, connectors, etc.) with water or
steam.
2.3.7 Keeping the cab clean
• Clean the mud and oil on your soles when getting into the cab. Mud or oil under your shoes can
cause your foot to slip on the pedal during operation, and serious accident could result.
• Remove all loose personal items or other objects from the operator's area. Secure these items
in the tool box or remove them from the machine.
• Never use cellular phone when operating or driving the machine.
• Never bring Hazardous articles, such as flammable or explosive products, into the cab.

2.3.8 Engaging the hydraulic lockout control
• Before you rise from the operator seat (e.g.

to open or close the front window or to ad-
just the seat), lower work equipment to
ground, place hydraulic lockout control se-
curely to the locked position, and then stop
the engine. If hydraulic lockout control is un-
locked, accidental touching of control levers
can cause sudden machine movement and
serious injury, or machine damage could
result.
• Before leaving your machine, always lower Fig.2-25
work equipment to ground, place hydraulic
lockout control to the locked position, and
then shut down the engine. Lock all lock-
able components and remove ignition key.
Fig.2-26
2.3.9 Handholds and steps
WARNING
• Always face the machine when you mount or dismount the machine.
• Never jump onto/off the machine. Never mount a moving machine. Never jump onto the ma-
chine and try to stop it.
• When you enter and exit the operator cab, make sure the cab is on the central line of
undercarriage.
To avoid personal injury caused by slippery handholds or steps, observe the following instructions:
• Before mounting and dismounting, check the handholds and steps (including tracks) for oil,
grease or mud. Always keep them clean. Make necessary repairs and tighten loose bolts if any.
• When mounting and dismounting the machine, use the handholds and steps marked by the
arrows.

• Face the machine and maintain a 3-point contact with the handholds and steps (including tracks)
. A 3-point contact can be both feet and one hand, or both hands and one foot.
• Never use any control lever as a handhold when mounting or dismounting the machine.
• Never carry tools when mounting or dismounting the machine.
• Never work on an engine hood or cover with no non-slip mat on it.
2.3.10 Overhead work
When working on a overhead place, use a ladder or other support to ensure your safety.
2.3.11 No sitting on attachment
To avoid falling hazard, no one is allowed to sit on work equipment or other machine attachments.
2.3.12 Articulated parts
The space around work equipment changes with movement of linkages. Serious personal injury
could result if one is stuck in between. Never stay close to rotating or retracting/ extending
components.
2.3.13 Preventing burns
2.3.13.1 Overview
WARNING
• The coolant and oil are still hot when the engine has just been shut down. To prevent burns,
never proceed until they are cool enough.
2.3.13.2 Hot coolant
Fig.2-27

• To prevent burns caused by hot coolant or steam when checking or discharging the coolant, wait
until the engine coolant is cool enough before proceeding.
• Never open the cap of radiator before the engine cools down. Loosen the cap of the radiator
slowly before removing it. Internal pressure of radiator must be relieved to avoid serious burns.
2.3.13.3 Hot oil
• To prevent scalds caused by hot oil when

checking or discharging the oil, always wait
for the engine oil to cool down before you
proceed. When the engine has cooled
down, loosen the cover or screw plug slowly
to relieve internal pressure.
Fig.2-28
Fig.2-29

2.3.14 Preventing fire and explosion
2.3.14.1 Fire caused by fuel or oils
• Engine oil and fuel must be stored in desig-

nated place, where unauthorized persons
cannot enter.
• Check for missing or loose pipe clamps,
twisted hoses, hoses rubbing against pipe-
line, damaged oil cooler, and loose bolts in
flange of oil cooler, so as avoid oil leakage.
Tighten, repair or replace any missing,
loose or damaged pipe clamps, pipelines,
hoses, oil coolers or other flange bolts.
• Refuel or store oils in a place with good
Fig.2-30
ventilation.
• Shut down the engine before refueling.
• Never leave the machine when refilling the
fuel or engine oil.
• Never let fuel overflow onto overheated sur-
face or electrical components.
• Remove overflowed fuel or engine oil after
refilling.
• Store oily rags and any flammable materials
in protective containers in order to keep the
job site safe.
• Screw on the caps of fuel tank and oil tank
tightly.
• When oil is used to clean the parts, use
non-flammable oil. Never use diesel oil or
gasoline as they can easily catch on fire.
2.3.14.2 Fire caused by flammable materials
• Remove at any time dry leaves, wood

chips, paper pieces, dirt and other flamma-
ble materials built up or stuck on engine, ex-
haust manifold, battery or interior of engine
hood to prevent fire.

2.3.14.3 Fire caused by electric lines
Short circuit of electrical system can cause

fire.
• Keep electric terminals clean and fastened.

• Check power cables and electric lines for
looseness, entanglement, hardening or
break each day after operating for 8-10
hours. Check the presence or damage of
wiring terminal cover.
• In case of slack or entangled power cables
or electric wires, tighten the connections or
wire clips, and repair or replace broken
wires.
2.3.14.4 Fire caused by hydraulic lines
• Check the clamps, guards and gaskets of

all hoses and pipes to see whether they are
tightened in position.
• In case of loosening, their vibration in oper-
ation may lead to friction against other com-
ponents, resulting damage of hose, ejection
of high-pressure oil, disastrous fire or seri-
ous injury.
2.3.14.5 Fire caused by illumination equipment
• Anti-blast illumination equipment shall be

used to avoid explosion when fuel, oil, elec-
trolyte, window cleaning detergent or cool-
ing fluid is being checked.
• Instructions in this manual must be followed
when power outlet on the machine is used
for illumination.
2.3.14.6 Fire caused by heat shield
• Damage or missing of heat shield may lead

to fire.

• In case of any abnormality, heat shield must

be repaired or replaced before operation of
machine.
2.3.15 In the event of fire
When a fire breaks out, leave the machine im-

mediately by the following steps.
• Turn the start switch to the OFF position to

shut down the engine.
• Leave the machine with the help of hand-
holds and steps.
2.3.16 Preventing ejection of part
Use alcohol based detergent. Never use

methanol based detergent as it irritates eyes.
Fig.2-31
2.3.17 Preventing ejection of part
• Never disassemble grease nozzle or valve

components. These parts may eject. Never
stay in front of the valve.
• Travel reducer is under pressure.
• Gear oil is hot liquid. Wait for it to cool down
before loosening the plug to release pres-
sure. To avoid injury, never face the plug
during operation.

WARNING
• The grease in track tensioning device is under high pressure. Improper handling may result in
serious injury, blindness or death.
2.3.18 Falling object protection
When the machine is operated in places

where the cab is likely to be hit or invaded by
falling objects, scattered materials or foreign
bodies, protective structure shall be used to
protect the operator.
• In demolishing or breaking operation, a

front guard is necessary. In addition, a
transparent glass film shall be applied to
the windshield.
• In a coal mine or a quarry where falling ob-
jects are present, install falling object pro-
tective structure (FOPS) and front guard, Fig.2-32
and apply a transparent glass film to the
windshield. The operator shall wear a hard
hat and goggles.
• Keep the windshield shut in such conditions
and make sure other people are kept a safe
distance away from the operating area.
• Other guards may be necessary according
to different working conditions. In this case,
contact Sany distributor in advance.
2.3.19 Attachment installation
• Installation of optional parts or attachments

may involve safety issues or be limited by
the law. In this case, contact your Sany dis-
tributor in advance.
• Sany assumes no responsibility for the in-
jury, accidents and product failure caused
by the use of unauthorized attachments
and parts.
• Before installing and using machine attach-
ments, read related instructions regarding

the attachment and general precautions on

attachment in this manual.
2.3.20 Attachment combination
Different or combined work equipment may

collide with the cab or interfere with other ma-
chine components. Before operating work
equipment you are not familiar with, check the
clearance between it and the machine and op-
erate it carefully.
2.3.21 Cab window glasses
• Broken cab windows at the side of the work

equipment may expose the operator in di-
rect contact with the work equipment. In this
case, stop operation immediately and re-
place the glasses.
• Broken or damaged window provides no
protection to the operator. When the roof
window is damaged, replace it immediately
with a new one.
2.3.22 Unauthorized modification
Improper modification can affect machine

strength and operator's view. Contact your
Sany distributor before making any modifica-
tion. Sany assumes no responsibility for the
accidents, failure or damage caused by unau-
thorized modification.
WARNING
• Any modification unauthorized by Sany
may lead to safety problems, personal in-
jury or death.

2.3.23 Work site investigation
• Machine operation near flammable materi-

als (e. g. dry tree leaves) poses a fire haz-
ard. Be careful during operation.
• Check the terrain and ground condition and
use the safest operating method. Never op-
erate in areas with the risk of landslide or
falling stones.
• Solidify the ground when operating beside
a ditch or on road shoulders. Keep your ma-
chine a safe distance away from the ditch
or road shoulder. Designate a signal man, Fig.2-33
when necessary, to avoid accidental injury.
• When underground water mains, gas lines,
cables or high-voltage electric cables are
available on the job site, inform related util-
ities providers and mark the area. Be care-
ful not to cut or damage any lines.
• Prevent any unauthorized personnel from
entering the job site. Designate a signal
man and fence the job site when operating
your machine on a highway.
• Be especially alert when operating on fro- Fig.2-34
zen ground. Increase of ambient tempera-
ture may result in soft and slippery ground.
• When traveling or operating in shallow
water or soft ground, check the type and
condition of rock bed as well as the depth
and water flow before operation.
2.3.24 Operation on soft ground
• Avoid traveling or operating your machine

near cliffs, road shoulders or trenches. The
soft ground plus machine weight and vibra-
tion can cause your machine to sink or tip
over. The ground may become even softer
after heavy rain, explosion or earthquake.
• When operating on a dam or near an exca-
vated ditch, vibration and machine weight

may trigger a landslide. Before operation,

take protective measures to prevent your
machine from tipping over or falling.
2.3.25 Overhead power cables
WARNING
• Never drive or operate your machine near
power cables, which may bring electrocu-
tion hazard and cause machine damage,
personal injury or death.
The following steps are to be followed while

working at where power cables could be
nearby.
• Before operation in the vicinity of power ca-

Fig.2-35
bles, inform local power company of the
coming operation and ask them to take nec- Cable Voltage Safe Distance
essary measures. 100V-200V Over 2 m ( 7 ft)
• If your machine is too close to power cable,
6,600V Over 2 m ( 7 ft)
electrocution is most likely to occur and
22,000V Over 3 m ( 10 ft)
cause burns or death. A safe distance must
be kept between machine and power cable 66,000V Over 4 m ( 14 ft)
(See Table 2-1). Before operation, commu- 154,000V Over 5 m ( 17 ft)
nicate with local power company regarding Over 5 m ( 17 ft) Over 6 m ( 20 ft)
safety measures.
275,000V Over 7 m ( 23 ft)
• A signalman is to be designated to give sig-
500,000V Over 12 m ( 36 ft)
nals if your machine is too close to power
cables.
• Nobody is allowed to approach the machine
when it is operated near highvoltage
cables.
• If your machine is too close to the cable or
touches the cable, to prevent electrocution,
operator shall not leave the cab until ma-
chine power is surely cut off. In addition,
Nobody is allowed to approach the
machine.
• To prevent accidents, wear rubber shoes
and rubber gloves during operation. Cover
the operator’s seat with rubber sheet and
pay attention to exposed part of body that

should not touch the lower part of machine.
2.3.26 Ensuring a good view
This machine has rearview mirrors to improve

the view of operator. However, you cannot
see every places from the operator seat. So
be careful when you operate the machine.
When you operate the machine in a place

where renders you a poor view and you are
not sure of the working conditions and barriers
around the machine, damage or personal in-
jury could result. The following items must be
observed when you operate the machine in a
place that provides you a poor view.
• Check the rear view mirrors each day be-

fore working. Clean the mirrors and adjust Fig.2-36
them to ensure a good view.
• Turn on the work lamps and head lamps
when you work in a dim place. Auxiliary illu-
mination equipment may be required in the
working area when it is necessary.
• Stop operation if you do not have a clear
view in days with fog, snow, rain or sand
storm.
• Road shoulder or soft ground should be
marked. In case of poor view, designate a
signalman when necessary. The operator
shall pay special attention to the marks and
follow the instruction of signalman.
• Make sure all workers understand all sig-
nals and gestures before operation.

2.3.27 Ventilating enclosed area
Engine exhaust gas can be fatal. If you have

to start the engine in an enclosed space or
handle fuel, cleaning oil or paint in such a
place, open the doors and windows to ensure
sufficient ventilation in order to prevent gas
poisoning.
Never use this machine in an environment

with poisonous gas or under ground. If you
have to use the machine in such an environ-
ment, wear a gas mask and ensure good
ventilation. Fig.2-37
2.3.28 Asbestos hazard
Inhalation of asbestos dust can cause lung

cancer. It is possible to inhale asbestos dust WARNING
when performing tear-down operation or han- • No asbestos is used on this machine. But
dling industrial wastes in the field. The follow- aftermarket parts could contain asbestos.
ing rules must be followed. Therefore, use only the parts and compo-
• Use water, instead of compressed air, to re- nents supplied by Sany.
move the dust.
• If the air contains asbestos dust, operate
the machine following the wind. All persons
shall wear acceptable filter mask.
• Nobody is allowed to approach the machine
during operation.
• The regulations, rules and environment cri-
terion at job site shall be observed.

2.3.29 Alternate exit
• If you are unable to open the cab door in

case of emergency, use the safety hammer
to break the rear window to escape.
• Remove the pieces of glass from the win-
dow frame before escaping. Be careful not
to be cut by broken glass. Pay attention to
the broken glass on the ground, which may
cause you to slip and fall.
Fig.2-38
2.4 Operation Safety

2.4.1 Safe starting
2.4.1.1 Safe mounting
When you mount or dismount the machine:
• Always face the machine and maintain a

three-point contact (one hand and two feet
or two hands and one foot).
• Never jump on/off the machine. Never
mount a moving machine.
• Never use any control lever as handhold.
• Remove the mud, oil dirt and water from the
pedals, handholds and your soles at all
times.
Fig.2-39
• The cab must be al igned wi th the under-
carriage centerline before you enter or exit
the cab.

2.4.1.2 Seat adjustment
Uncomfortable seat position can easily lead to

operator fatigue and mistakes. The seat posi-
tion should be adjusted upon change of oper-
ator. Leaning against the back of seat,
operator shall be able to push the pedal to its
limit with his foot, and operate the control lev-
er properly. Otherwise, the seat should be
readjusted by moving it forward or backward.
Fig.2-40
2.4.1.3 Seat belt
The operator may get seriously injured or

killed when the machine tips over. Before op-
erating the machine, carefully check your seat
belt, the buckles and the anchor point. Re-
place the seat belt if damage or excessive
wear is observed. When the machine is being
operated, keep your seat belt buckled up.
The seat belt must be replaced every three

years regardless of its condition.
Fig.2-41
2.4.1.4 Before starting the engine
Before starting your daily work, the following

items must be observed before starting the
engine.
• Clean the windows to ensure a good

visibility.
• Clean the head lamps and work lamps, and
check if they are in good condition.
• Check coolant level, fuel level and engine
oil level.
• Check the air cleaner for plugging.
Fig.2-42
• Check electric wires for damage.

• Adjust the seat to a position easy for opera-

tion; check seat belt and buckles for dam-
age and wear.
• Check the instrument panel. Check if the
control levers are all in neutral position.
• Check if the hydraulic lockout control is in
the locked position.
• Adjust the rear view mirrors so as to see
clearly from the operator seat what is hap-
pening behind the machine.
2.4.1.5 Safe starting
WARNING
• Ample ventilation must be provided if you have to start the engine or operate the machine in an
enclosed environment. Excessive inhalation of exhaust gas can be fatal.
• If you do not know how to stop the machine, never start it.
For correct starting steps of the machine see

“Engine starting” on page 4-22.
• Before starting the machine, make sure

there is nobody on, under and around the
machine. Hoot the horn as starting alert.
• Sit in the operator seat and adjust the seat
so that you can access all controls easily.
• Know all alarming devices, gauges and ma-
neuvering controls.
• Place all controls to the neutral/parking
position.
Fig.2-43
• Nobody else is allowed to stay on the ma-
chine except the operator.
• The starting instruction specified in the Op-
eration section must be followed strictly
when you start the engine. Never try to start
the engine in a way that may shortcircuit
the start motor.
2.4.1.6 Starting engine in cold season
• Sufficient preheating of the engine is neces-

sary. If the machine is not preheated

sufficiently before operation, slow response

might occur to your machine and accident
could happen.
• Before s tar t ing chec k the bat ter y electro-
lyte to see if it is frozen or leaks. If the elec-
trolyte is frozen, do not charge the battery
or use an alternate power source to start
the engine. The electrolyte must be melted
first, or a frozen battery can cause fire.
2.4.1.7 Engine starting aid
Follow procedures in the Operation section

when using jumper cables to start the engine.
Improper handling may cause battery explo-
sion or loss of machine control, resulting in
personal injury and death. Never use jumper
cables to start the engine unless necessary.
Contact your Sany distributor before such an
attempt.
• Using jumper cables to start the engine
needs two persons working together with
one seated in the operator seat and the oth-
er handling the battery.
• Wear goggles and rubber gloves before
starting the engine with jumper cables.
• When connecting a normal machine with a
faulty machine with jumper cables, battery
voltage of the two machines shall be the
same. Be careful not to allow the two ma-
chines to contact with each other.
• Turn both start switches to the OFF position
when connecting the two machines. Other-
wise, the machine may move and cause
danger when it is powered on.
• Start with the positive terminal when con-
necting the jumper cable. Start with the
ground or negative terminal when discon-
necting the jump cable.
• When disconnecting the jumper cable, take
care not to allow the clips of jumper cable to

contact with each other or with the

machine.
Ether is a liquid used for cold start, which is

extremely flammable and explosive. Read the
instructions on the ether container before
application.
Never use ether if the engine is equipped with

spark-plug preheater or other forms of
preheater.
2.4.1.8 After starting the engine
Run the engine at low idle for 3 to 5 minutes

after engine startup, and check the running
parameters and make sure they are normal
and all readings are within normal working
range.

2.4.2 Operation
2.4.2.1 Inspection before operation
• Observe and l isten careful ly for abnormal

noise inside the machine. If fault or abnor-
mality exists, immediately stop the machine.
Solve the problem in no time and report it to
upper level before further operation is
performed.
• When conducting inspection, move the ma-
chine to a spacious area without barriers and
operate slowly. Any other person is not al-
lowed to approach the machine.
• Be sure to buckle the seat belt.
• Check the gauges and machine operation
for abnormality; check the bucket, arm,
boom, travel system, swivel system and
steering system for abnormal operation.
• Check for abnormal noise, vibration, heating,
odor or gauge reading; check oil or fuel for
leakage.
• When the travel control lever is in neutral po-
sition, test the engine's speed control device;
operate each control lever and confirm they
work properly. Understand the control mode
of work equipment.
• In case of any abnormality, stop operation
and take corrective measures immediately.

2.4.2.2 Precautions before operation
To prevent serious injury or death, observe

the following precautions before operating
your machine.
• It is dangerous to stay in the working range
(12 m radius from swivel center ) during ma-
chine operation. Sound the horn to warn
people within the working range before op-
erating your machine.
• Nobody is allowed to stay on or near the
machine, or within the working range.
• To improve the view in travel direction, the Fig.2-44
cab can be turned when necessary.
• Designate a signalman at where the view is
poor.
2.4.2.3 Travel directions
WARNING
• Improper operation of travel control lev-
er/pedal can cause serious injury or
death.
• Confirm the relative positions between the

undercarriage and operator before operat-
ing the machine
Fig.2-45
• If the travel motor is under the cab, pushing
the control lever/pedal forward will move
the machine backward.
• If the idler is under the cab, push the control
lever/pedal to move machine forward.
• A sign for travel direction can be found on
internal side of undercarriage. When opera-
tor pushes control lever/pedal, the actual
travel direction is the direction indicated by Fig.2-46
arrow.
Note:
In this manual, the forward, backward, left or

right direct is the direction seen from the cab

when the cab is straight forward and the driv-

ing wheels are in the rear.
2.4.2.4 Steering safety rules
WARNING
• During reverse or swing operation, peo-
ple around the machine may get hit by
the counterweight or work equipment,
resulting in serious injury or even
death.
• You shall only operate the machine in the

operator seat. Fig.2-47
• Nobody is allowed to take a ride on the ma-
chine except the operator.
• Check travel alarm device to see if it func-
tions normally.
• Always lock the cab door and windows in
open or shut positions. At where there may
be hazard of falling objects, check the doors
and windows of the machine to see if they
Fig.2-48
are properly shut.
• Make sure there is nobody in the working
range and hoot to give alert before revers-
ing or swinging.
• Keep alert at any time that nobody should
enter the working range. Be especially care-
ful to avoid crashing other machine or per-
son while turning or swinging the machine.
• It is necessary to reposition your machine Fig.2-49
before traveling so as to have the sprocket
(1) behind the operator seat. If the sprocket
is in front of the cab, machine will move in
direction opposite to the operating direction
of control lever(s). Be very careful when op-
erating the machine under such
circumstances.
• If your view is limited during reverse travel,
designate a signalman and keep him within Fig.2-50
your eyesight.

• When a signalman is required for a specific

job, hand signals specified in local regula-
tions must be used.
• Only when both signalman and operator
understand the signals can the machine be
moved.
• Understand all vocal, graphic and flag sig-
nals used in work and decide who is to give
signals.
• Keep the windows, rear view mirrors and
work lamps clean and intact.
• Dust, heavy rain or fog will reduce visibility.
Drive slowly and use proper lights in case of
low visibility.
2.4.2.5 Traveling safety rules
• To prevent machine from stalling due to

overload or damage of work equipment,
never operate the machine over allowable
maximum load or performance parameters.
• Keep your machine a safe distance from
people, building or other machines in order
to avoid collision during traveling or
operation.
• Communicate with related authorities and
follow their instruction before driving your
machine on highway. Fig.2-51
• It is to curl the work equipment and keep it
20-30 cm (8-12in) off ground when driving
your machine on a level ground.
• Driving your machine on rough ground re-
quires a low speed and no sharp turn, or
the machine may tip over. If the work equip-
ment clash ground, the machine may lose
balance or be damaged.
• When traveling on rough ground or up a
steep slope, the auto-deceleration switch (if
equipped) shall be turned off. If auto decel- Fig.2-52
eration switch is on, engine speed will drop
and travel speed will reduces.

• Avoid traveling on any barrier if possible. If

you have to drive on a barrier, lower the
work equipment close to ground and drive
at low speed.
• When you are to drive the machine on a
bridge or building, check first strength of the
structure to see if it is strong enough to bear
weight of the machine.
• When you operate the machine in a tunnel,
under a bridge or power cables or at where
the height is limited, be especially careful
not to ruin any other object.
2.4.2.6 Safe traveling
• Check the travel direction of the machine

before driving it. Make sure you know how
to operate the control levers and pedals.
• Press the upper part of the control pedal or
push the control lever forward to move the
machine in the direction of the idlers.
• Work equipment should be kept 20-30 cm
(8-12 in) off the ground when moving on a
slope. In case of an emergency, the work
equipment could be lowered to ground im-
mediately to help stop the machine. Fig.2-53
• When driving the machine up a slope, face
the cab to the uphill direction; when driving
down a slope, face the cab to the downhill
direction.
• Before traveling, always check the hard-
ness of ground before your machine.
Fig.2-54

• When driving the machine up a slope, ex-

tend the work equipment to keep balance.
Keep the work equipment 20-30 cm (8-
12in) off the ground and drive the machine
slowly.
• When driving down a slope, lower the en-
gine speed, keep the travel control levers
close to “neutral” position and drive slowly.
• Drive straight up and down a steep slope. It
is very dangerous to turn on or drive across
Fig.2-55
a slope.
• To adjust the position of the machine on a
slope, drive it onto a flat surface, reposition
it and driving the machine to the slope
again.
• Drive at low speed on meadow, fallen
leaves or wet steel plate because even a
small grade could cause the machine to
slip.
• If your engine stalls out when traveling on a
slope, place the control levers to “neutral”
Fig.2-56
position immediately and restart the engine.
Fig.2-57

2.4.2.7 Operation on an incline
If you swing upper structure or operate work

equipment on an incline, you machine could
loose balance and tip over, causing serious in-
jury or damage. Therefore, such operations
must be performed carefully on a flat platform.
• When the bucket is fully loaded, never turn

work equipment from uphill to downhill.
Such operation is dangerous and your ma-
chine could tip over.
• If you have to operate your machine on an
Fig.2-58
incline, always build an earth platform so
that your machine can work on a level
surface.
2.4.2.8 Operation in snowy weather
• Snow-covered or frozen surfaces are slip-

pery. Never manipulate the control lever
suddenly when driving or operating the ma-
chine. Extra attention should be paid to op-
eration on a slope because even small
inclination could cause the machine to slip.
• The machine may tip over on frozen surface
which may become soft upon increase of
ambient temperature.
• Avoid deep snow, which may cause your
machine to tip over or to be buried in snow.
Be noted that you shall never be away from
road shoulder and avoid being trapped in
snow.
• When cleaning the snow, it is hard to see
the snow-covered road shoulder and ob-
jects near the road. There is danger for your
machine to tip over or hit the covered ob-
jects. Therefore, please operate with ex-
treme caution.

2.4.2.9 Restricted operations
• Never dig under an overhang, which may

lead to falling stones, collapse of overhang,
and accidents.
Fig.2-59
Never dig too much under the machine, which

may cause the ground to collapse due to
cave-in, hence the accidents.
Fig.2-60
• Never tear down under your machine,

which may destabilize your machine and
cause it to tip over.
• When operating on building or other struc-
tures, strength of structure must be checked
to avoid collapse of building, thus resulting
injury or death.
Fig.2-61

• Never tear down any structure over your

machine. The falling of broken objects or
collapse of building could damage your ma-
chine and cause personal injury or death.
Fig.2-62
• Never break anything with the impact force

of work equipment as broken pieces could
lead to personal injury, the work equipment
could be damaged, and the counteraction
of impact force could roll over your
machine.
• Generally speaking, it is easier to tip over
with the work equipment at one side than it
is positioned in the front or rear.
Fig.2-63
• Generally speaking, it is easier to tip over

with the work equipment at one side than it
is positioned in the front or rear.
• Never use the work equipment to lift or
carry any person, which can cause personal
injury or death.
• The use of crusher or other heavy work
equipment could cause your machine to
lose balance and tip over. When operating
on a flat surface or slope:
Fig.2-64
• Never lower, swing or stop the work equip-
ment suddenly.
• Never extend or retract the boom cylinder
suddenly as which may cause your ma-
chine to tip over due to impact.

2.4.3 Parking the machine
2.4.3.1 Selecting a parking place
• Park the machine on a solid and level

surface.
• Park the machine in an area free of such

hazards as falling stones or landslide, if the
land terrain is low, park it in a relatively high-
er place.
• If you have to park the machine on a slope,
observe the following instructions:
– Position the bucket in the downhill direc-

Fig.2-65
tion and cut the bucket tips into the
earth.
– Chock the tracks to prevent unexpected

movement.
• Never park your machine on a road under-

going construction. If you have to park your
machine in such a place, flags are to be
used on daytime and signal lamps at night
to warn other people or vehicles according
to local regulations.
Fig.2-66

2.4.3.2 Machine shutdown
Follow the procedures below to shut down the

machine. For details on shutting down the en-
gine see “Engine Shutdown” on page 4-31.
1. Stop the machine
2. Position the machine properly.
3. Lower work equipment to ground or hold it

in a position.
4. Reduce engine speed to idle and keep it

running for 5 minutes. Fig.2-67
5. Turn start switch to the OFF position to stop
the engine.
6. Place hydraulic lockout control to the

locked position.
7. Remove the ignition key.
8. Shut the windows and the cab door.
9. Lock all access doors, boxes and

chambers.
NOTE: Fig.2-68
• Always face the machine and maintain a
three-point contact with it when dismount-
ing. Never jump off the machine.
• Be careful with slippery track, step and
handholds when dismounting the machine.
2.4.4 Transportation
2.4.4.1 Transporting the machine
Observe the following items when transport-

ing the machine:
• Note the dimension of the trailer and the

machine, especially the height. Watch out
for barriers overhead and in narrow
passages.

• Check the structure and strength of a bridge

before crossing it. Obey local traffic regula-
tions and traffic police directions when
transporting the machine on highways.
2.4.4.2 Loading and unloading the machine
Improper loading and unloading of the ma-

chine may cause it to fall or tip over. Follow
the procedures below:
• Load or unload the machine only on a solid

and flat surface. Keep it a safe distance
away from road sides or a cliff.
• Use an access ramp with enough strength.
Make sure that the width, length and thick-
ness of the access ramp is capable of pro-
viding a safe loading/unloading operation
Fig.2-69
(at an angle ≤15°).
• Make sure the access ramp is free from
grease, oil, water and debris. Clean the
track if necessary. Be extremely careful
when loading or unloading the machine in
rainy or snowy weather.
• Never load or unload the machine using the
force of work equipment, which may cause
the machine to fall or tip over.
• Disable auto deceleration function. Run the
engine at low idle and drive the machine Fig.2-70
slowly.
• Never operate any control levers other than
the travel control lever when the machine is
driving up the ramp.
• Never reposition the machine on the access
ramp. If necessary, drive it off the ramp, re-
position, and get on the ramp again.
• Gravity center of the machine may alter
when it passes the jointing area between
the ramp and the trailer. The machine may
tilt at this moment. Travel slowly when the Fig.2-71
machine is on the joint area.

• When loading or unloading the machine on

a platform, make sure the platform has ad-
equate width, strength and a proper grade.
• The trailer may become less stable with the
machine on it. Retract the work equipment
and swing the upper structure slowly.
• Once the machine is loaded, lock the cab
door. Otherwise, it may swing open during
transportation.
• Secure the machine with chains and
chocks. Secure all work equipment, lower
the bucket, the arm and the boom, and
place them in position for transport.
2.4.5 Battery
Electrolyte contains sulfuric acid, which gives

off flammable and explosive gases. Improper
handling may cause personal injury or fire.
Observe the instructions below when handling
battery:
• Never smoke or use fire near a battery.
• Turn the engine ignition key to the OFF po-
sition before working on the battery.
• Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves
when handling battery.
• Electrolyte is a strong acid. If electrolyte Fig.2-72
contacts your clothing or skin, flush immedi-
ately with plenty of water. Electrolyte may
cause blindness if it contacts your eyes.
Flush immediately with plenty of clean
water under such circumstances and seek
medical treatment.
Fig.2-73
To avoid battery-induced explosion, observe the following precautions:

• Never allow tools and other metal parts to contact with battery terminals. Keep tools or metal
parts away from batteries.

• Stop the engine and wait for one minute before you proceed. Always disconnect the grounding
terminal (negative(-) ) first. To connect battery cables, always begin with the positive (+) terminal,
and then connect the negative (-) terminal. Ensure all terminals are securely connected.
• Battery temperature rises when it is being charged. When battery temperature exceeds 45° C,
stop charging and wait till it is at ambient temperature. Reduce the charging current by half and
continue the charging process.
• A battery being charged may give off flammable gases. Before charging a battery, remove it from
the undercarriage, put it in well-ventilated area and remove the cap.
• If acid squirts out of battery vent during charging, stop charging immediately.
• Never smoke and keep flames or sparks out when charging.
• When the battery has been fully charged, a green indicator will be on. Stop the charging process
at this time.
• Restore the battery cover after charging.
• Put the battery back to its original position.
2.4.6 Towing safety
When towing a damaged machine, improper

operation or use of unacceptable wire cable
could lead to serious accident:
• Never tow the machine on a slope.
• Wear protective gloves and a had hat when
using wire ropes.
• Check the strength of wire cable and make
sure it could bear the weight of machine.
• Never use ropes with broken wires (A), re-
duced diameter (B) and twisting (C). Such
ropes may break when towing. Fig.2-74
• Never stand between the towing machine
and the towed machine during towing
operation.
• Operate the machine slowly. Never add
load to the wire cable suddenly.

2.4.7 Lifting objects
WARNING
• Overload is dangerous and can cause seri-
ous injury and death.
• Make sure the load is within the loading
range and working radius of the machine.
• Make sure the load is within the loading

range and working radius of the machine.
• Confirm all signals to be used and assign a
signalman before operation.
• Lift a load on a flat surface to prevent the Fig.2-75
machine from tilting or tipping over.
• Never use chains, wire ropes, shackles and
slings that are damaged.
• Anchor wire ropes or slings onto the desig-
nated lifting lug. Never attach the shackle or
sling onto the bucket tips. Loosened bucket
tips could cause the load to fall.
• Never leave the operator seat when lifting is
in progress.
• To prevent the load from hitting any person
Fig.2-76
or building, inspect carefully the machine
surroundings before swinging or operating
the work equipment.
• Ne v e r swi n g o r o p e r a t e t h e wo r k
equipment suddenly. This may cause the
load to drift and the machine to tip over.
Use a drag rope if necessary.
• Never use the work equipment or the swing
force to drag the load in any direction. The
work equipment will jerk if the shackle
breaks and the load comes free, resulting in
serious personal injury. Fig.2-77

2.5 Maintenance Safety

2.5.1 Precautions before maintenance
To prevent accidents:
• Understand maintenance procedure before operation.
• Keep a clean and dry working area.
• Never spray water or steam in the cab.
• Never add lubricant and carry out other maintenance work when your machine is moving.
• Keep your hands, feet and clothing away from rotating parts.
2.5.2 Self-preparation
Only authorized personnel are allowed to

maintain or repair the machine. An observer
may be designated when necessary.
• Wear protective clothing and shoes neces-
sary for the job.
• Wear a face shield when you remove spring
or elastic parts, or adding acid to battery.
Wear safety hat and goggles when you per-
form welding or cutting operation.
• When compressed air is used for cleaning,
flying particles can cause injury. So wear Fig.2-78
goggles, dust mask, gloves and other pro-
tective articles.
• When a hammer is used to strike a metallic
part such as pin, bucket tip, side cutter or
bearing, flying part or pieces can cause in-
jury. So wear goggles and gloves and make
sure there is nobody else around.
• Never perform grinding, flame cutting or
welding operation without an aspirator and
ventilation equipment. If welding operation
has to be done on the machine, read re- Fig.2-79
lated instructions, and proper work proce-
dure must be known.
• If noise of the machine is too loud, tempo-
rary or permanent hearing problem could
result. When you service the engine and
work in such noise for a long time, be sure
to wear earplugs or ear mufflers.

• Wear rubber apron and rubber gloves when

handling corrosive materials. Wear heavy
gloves when handling wooden materials,
wire ropes or sharp-edged metals.
2.5.3 Work area preparation
• For maintenance work, select a clean flat area with plenty of space, ample sunlight and good
ventilation.
• Clean the working area by removing fuel, lubricant and water, and covering slippery ground with
sand or other absorptive materials.
• Never leave your hammer or other tools at the working area.
• If a clean, tidy working area cannot be guaranteed, there would be danger of tipping, thus result-
ing in personal injury.
2.5.4 Engine shutdown procedure
Before maintaining the machine:
1. Park the machine on solid and flat ground.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Place blocks under the tracks to prevent

movement of the machine.
4. Turn the fuel control dial to first gear. Run

the engine at low speed for 5 minutes.
Fig.2-80
5. Turn the start switch to OFF position and
stop the engine.
6. Turn the start switch to the ON position. Op-

erate the control levers 2 or 3 times in all di-
rections to relieve internal pressure of the
hydraulic system.
7. Remove the key from the switch.

Fig.2-81
8. Place the hydraulic lockout control to the
locked position.

2.5.5 Lock out and tag out
• Before maintenance, attach a DO NOT OP-

ERATE tag or similar sign to the machine
start switch or control levers to warn others
that this machine is under maintenance. At-
tach other warning tags around the machine
if necessary.
• When maintenance is underway, starting
the engine or moving the control levers or
pedals could lead to serious accident. Fig.2-82
Fig.2-83
2.5.6 Suitable tools
Use proper tools and use them correctly. Us-

ing damaged, inferior, defective, temporary
tools or using the tools incorrectly could lead
to serious accidents.
Fig.2-84

2.5.7 Maintenance with engine running
To prevent injury, no maintenance shall be

carried out when the engine is running. How-
ever, if maintenance has to be done on a run-
ning engine, at least two worker are needed
to carry out the maintenance.
• One of the workers shall stay in the opera-
tor seat ready to shut down the engine at
any time. All the workers involved shall
keep in touch. Fig.2-85
• Place the hydraulic lockout control to the
locked position to prevent movement of
work equipment.
• Pay special attention to rotating parts like
fan and fan belt.
• Never leave or insert any tool or other ob-
jects in the fan or the fan belt, which may
cause the parts to break or fly.
• Never touch any control lever. If one of the Fig.2-86
control levers must be used, give signal to
other workers and warn them to move
quickly to a safe area.
2.5.8 Working under the machine
WARNING
• If the track shoes are lifted and the ma-
chine is solely supported by the work
equipment, it is very dangerous to work
under the machine. In case of failure of hy-
draulic pipe or accidental touch of control
lever, the work equipment or machine may
fall suddenly, causing injury or death.
Never work under the machine if it is not
firmly supported with blocks or supports.
Fig.2-87
• Never carry out maintenance before the
machine is well supported.
• Lower the work equipment to the ground

before maintaining the machine.
• If the machine or work equipment has to be

lifted for maintenance, blocks or supports
that are strong enough to support the ma-
chine or work equipment should be used.
Never use slag bricks, empty tires or stands
to support the machine. These things may
collapse under continuing load. Never use
single jack to support the machine.
2.5.9 Track maintenance
WARNING
• Never strike the recoil springs of the track. Recoil springs are under immense pressure
and spring rupture may cause bodily injury. Never remove any spring when it is
compressed.
• Dry rubbing of pin against bushing may produces extreme heat. Wear protective gloves to avoid
burns.
• Maintain proper track tension. When working on mud- or snow-covered ground, mud or snow
may attach to track components and causes over tension. For track tension inspection and ad-
justment see “Track tension - inspect/adjust” .
• Check for loosened or broken track shoes. Check the pins and bushings for wear or damages.
Check the track rollers and carrier roller.
2.5.10 Track tension adjustment precautions
WARNING
• Failure to observe specified maintenance procedures may cause the grease discharge plug to
eject and cause serious injury and damage.
• Keep your face, hand, foot or any other body part away from the grease discharge plug.

• Grease is injected into track tension adjust-

ment system under high pressure.
• When loosening the grease discharge plug
(1) to reduce track tension, the plug shall be
unscrewed slowly for no more than one
turn.
Fig.2-88
2.5.11 Do not remove the recoil spring
Recoil spring is used to reduce impact on ten-

sion rollers. It includes a high pressure spring,
which may fly out and cause serious injury or
death if removed by mistake. If it has to be re-
moved, contact your Sany distributor.
CZ335-1102081
Fig.2-89
2.5.12 Hot cooling system
WARNING
• Touching hot high-pressure coolant
may cause serious injury.
When engine temperature rises, pressure of

the cooling system increases. Before remov-
ing the radiator cover, stop the engine and let
the system cool down. The radiator cover
could only be removed after the coolant in it
has cooled down. CZ215L-1102001
Fig.2-90

2.5.13 High-pressure hoses
If oil leaks from high-pressure hose, fault or even fire may occur. If any bolt on hose is loose, stop
operation and tighten it to specified torque. In case of hose damage, stop operation immediately
and contact Sany HM authorized dealer.
Replace the hose immediately in case of the following problems:
• Damage or leak of hydraulic hose fitting

• Damage or break of outer cover, or exposed steel wires of reinforcement layer
• Ballooning outer cover in some places
• Distortion or crushing of movable parts
• Impurities in outer cover
2.5.14 Pressurized fluid
The hydraulic system is always under pres-

sure. Make sure pressure in hydraulic circuits
has been relieved before checking or replac-
ing the lines. Residual pressure in the circuit
may cause serious accidents.
• Release system pressure before maintain-
ing the hydraulic system: 1) Remove the
butterfly nut of the vent valve and press the
venting key to release the internal pressure
of the hydraulic tank; 2) Turn the start
switch to ON position within 15 seconds
after engine shutdown and place the hy-
draulic lockout control to unlocked position.
Move the control levers to all directions to
release the pressure in the accumulator.
Open fire is not allowed around the hydraul-
Fig.2-91
ic system. Remove splashed hydraulic oil
as quickly as possible.
• Diesel fuel or pressurized hydraulic oil can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious in-
jury, blindness or death. It is hard to find the
leaking of hydraulic oil with naked eyes. A
cardboard or wooden board is necessary
for checking for leaks. Never touch leaking
liquid with bare hand. Wear face shield or
safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any

liquid penetrates your skin, flush with clean

water immediately and get medical atten-
tion as soon as possible.
• The fuel lines are under high pressure when
the engine is running. When checking or
servicing the fuel system, shut down the en-
gine and wait for 30 seconds till internal
pressure drops before operation.
2.5.15 Welding operation
Welding operation can cause fire or electrocu-

tion. It must be performed by qualified welder
with suitable equipment. Never allow unquali-
fied person to perform welding operation.
2.5.16 Air-conditioning system
WARNING
• Refrigerant R134 a is a harmless gas
under room temperature. It will change
into highly toxic gas when burning.
• Refrigerant getting into eyes may cause
blindness. It may cause frostbite if
splashed on your skin.
• Keep fire source away when servicing air-

CZ335-1102083
conditioning system.
• In maintenance of air-conditioning system, Fig.2-92
observe the instruction on the refrigerant
cylinder and use it correctly. The type of re-
frigerant is R134a. Use of other refrigerants
may damage the air-conditioning system.
• Obey local material disposal regulations.
Never discharge refrigerant directly into the
air.

2.5.17 High voltage precautions
When the engine is running or has just been

shut down, high voltage can occur in fuel in-
jector terminal and engine controller. Since
there is danger of electrocution, never touch
fuel injector or interior of engine controller.
Please contact Sany distributor if you have to

access fuel injector terminal or interior of en-
gine controller.
CZ335-1102084
Fig.2-93
2.5.18 Accumulator
Accumulator contains highly pressurized ni-

trogen. Improper operation of accumulator
can cause explosion and serious accidents.
Therefore, the following precautions must be
observed:
• Never disassemble the accumulator.

• Never let the accumulator be near a fire
source or exposed in flame.
• Never punch, weld or flame-cut on CZ335-1102085
accumulator.
Fig.2-94
• Never strike or roll the accumulator, or let it
bear any impact.
• The gas must be released when disposing
of the accumulator. Contact Sany distributor
for this disposal.
2.5.19 Regular replacement of safety-related parts
• Safety-related parts such as hoses and seat belt must be replaced regularly for the considera-
tion of operating the machine safely in a long term.
• Materials of some parts may deteriorate naturally when exceeding specific time limit. Repeated
use may lead to deterioration, wear and damage, hence the accidents and serious injury.
Through merely visual inspection or feel it is hard to find out how long the parts could serve.
Therefore, regular replacement is necessary.

• Repair or replace any safety parts once found defective regardless of its service time.
2.5.20 Maintenance operation
• Check all parts and replace the worn, broken and damaged parts during repairing operation.
Over-worn and over-damaged parts may fail in operation and cause injury and death. Replace
damaged or illegible signs and marks.
• Tighten all fasteners and connectors to specified torque.
• Install all guards, covers and hoods after repair and service. Replace or repair damaged guards.
Only the type of hydraulic oil approved or recommended by Sany should be used to make up
the hydraulic system.
• Start the engine and check for any leaks (check the hydraulic system), and operate all control
devices to be sure of their proper functioning. Make road test if necessary. Shut down the engine
and check the work you have done (see if there are missing pins, gaskets and nuts). Check
again all hydraulic oil levels before operation.
2.5.21 Proper disposal of wastes
Improper disposal of wastes harms the envi-

ronment and ecology. Consult local environ-
mental protection department or Sany
distributors for methods of recycling and
waste disposal.
• Potential harmful substances used in Sany
products include hydraulic oil, fuel, urea,
coolant, refrigerant, filter and batteries etc..
• Use leak-proof vessels to hold discharged
fluids. Never use food or beverage CZ335-1102086
containers. Fig.2-95
• Never dump waste fluids directly to the
ground, sewage or water source.
• Leaking of refrigerant from air conditioner
can spoil the atmosphere of the globe. Re-
lated laws and regulations must be followed
to recover or regenerate the refrigerant.
CZ335-1102087
Fig.2-96


SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator System Functions
System Functions
3 System Functions...........................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Machine general drawing.....................................................................................................3-5
3.2 Monitor system ......................................................................................................................3-6
3.2.1 Monitor functions.........................................................................................................3-6
3.2.2 Monitor operation ........................................................................................................3-9
3.2.2.1 Default page .........................................................................................................3-9
3.2.2.2 Main menu ......................................................................................................... 3-10
3.2.2.3 Password entry to system information............................................................3-11
3.2.2.4 System lockout...................................................................................................3-11
3.2.2.5 Engine & throttle signals .................................................................................. 3-12
3.2.2.6 Pilot pressure signals ....................................................................................... 3-12
3.2.2.7 Main & cooling pump signals .......................................................................... 3-13
3.2.2.8 Input & output switch signals........................................................................... 3-13
3.2.2.9 Failure information............................................................................................ 3-14
3.2.2.10 GPS information ............................................................................................. 3-14
3.2.2.11 Language selection ........................................................................................ 3-15
3.2.2.12 System time calibration.................................................................................. 3-15
3.2.2.13 Maintenance information ............................................................................... 3-16
3.2.2.14 Maintenance confirmation ............................................................................. 3-16
3.2.2.15 System setting................................................................................................. 3-17
3.2.2.16 Operation time calibration ............................................................................. 3-17
3.2.2.17 Machine configuration setting....................................................................... 3-18
3.2.2.18 Alarm content setting ..................................................................................... 3-18
3.2.2.19 Screen backlight adjust.................................................................................. 3-19
3.2.2.20 Running correct setting.................................................................................. 3-19
3.2.2.21 Engine information ......................................................................................... 3-20
3.2.2.22 Engine information ......................................................................................... 3-20
3.2.2.23 Display engine related information. ............................................................. 3-21
3.2.2.24 Daily maintenance information ..................................................................... 3-21
System Functions SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
3.2.2.25 System lockout information........................................................................... 3-22

3.2.2.26 System unlock................................................................................................. 3-22
3.3 Switches .............................................................................................................................. 3-23
3.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 3-23
3.3.2 Start switch................................................................................................................ 3-23
3.3.3 Fuel control dial ........................................................................................................ 3-24
3.3.4 Work lamp switch ..................................................................................................... 3-25
3.3.5 Head lamp switch..................................................................................................... 3-26
3.3.6 Windshield wiper switch .......................................................................................... 3-27
3.3.7 Washer switch .......................................................................................................... 3-27
3.3.8 Horn switch ............................................................................................................... 3-28
3.3.9 Cab lamp switch ....................................................................................................... 3-28
3.3.10 Cigarette lighter...................................................................................................... 3-29
3.3.11 Diagnostic swith ..................................................................................................... 3-29
3.3.12 Charging indicator.................................................................................................. 3-30
3.3.13 Engine fault indicator............................................................................................. 3-30
3.3.14 Preheat indicator.................................................................................................... 3-30
3.3.15 Emergency stop toggle switch ............................................................................. 3-31
3.4 Control levers and pedals ................................................................................................. 3-31
3.4.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 3-31
3.4.2 Hydraulic lockout control......................................................................................... 3-32
3.4.3 Travel control levers................................................................................................. 3-32
3.4.4 Joysticks .................................................................................................................... 3-33
3.5 Cab windows and cab door .............................................................................................. 3-35
3.5.1 Ceiling window.......................................................................................................... 3-35
3.5.2 Front window............................................................................................................. 3-36
3.5.3 Cab door window...................................................................................................... 3-43
3.6 Cup holder........................................................................................................................... 3-44
3.7 Ash tray................................................................................................................................ 3-44
3.8 Manual pocket .................................................................................................................... 3-45
3.9 Drink box ............................................................................................................................. 3-45
3.10 Alternate exit..................................................................................................................... 3-46
3.11 Fire extinguisher............................................................................................................... 3-46
3.12 Controller........................................................................................................................... 3-47
3.13 Fusible link ........................................................................................................................ 3-47
3.14 Air conditioning system ................................................................................................... 3-48
3.14.1 Control panel .......................................................................................................... 3-48
3.14.2 Operation method .................................................................................................. 3-53
3.14.3 Air conditioner operation precautions ................................................................. 3-55
3.15 Radio.................................................................................................................................. 3-57
3.15.1 Control panel .......................................................................................................... 3-57
3.15.2 Operation ................................................................................................................ 3-59

3.16 Door catch......................................................................................................................... 3-62
3.17 Lockable caps and covers .............................................................................................. 3-63
3.18 Lockable caps................................................................................................................... 3-63
3.19 Lockable covers ............................................................................................................... 3-64
3.20 Toolbox .............................................................................................................................. 3-65
3.21 Grease pump frame......................................................................................................... 3-66

WARNING

3.System Functions
3.1 Machine general drawing
Fig.3-1
(1) Bucket
(6) Boom cylinder
(2) Bucket cylinder
(7) Sprocket
(3) Arm
(8) Track frame
(4) Arm cylinder (9) Track shoe
(5) Boom (10) Track idler

3.2 Monitor system

3.2.1 Monitor functions
CAUTION
• Stop operation when alert indicator is on.
Check and repair related components.
• Not all conditions of the machine are dis-
played on the monitor.
• Do not totally depend on monitor informa-
tion when you perform maintenance and
inspection to the machine.
The monitor control panel performs functions

of monitoring, selecting a working mode and
switching on/off an electrical device.
Fig.3-2
Monitor appearance
The monitor consists of three parts:
A: Display area of SANY LOG
B: LCD screen
C: Operation keys
Screen display

1. When the excavator start switch is turned to

the on position, the monitor is energized by
the battery and initializes. A fully displayed
screen is as shown in the right figure, where
in,
1. System time
2. Working mode (Divided by engine speed

level)
3. GPS information
4. Engine speed level (According to the throt-

tle knob psition)
5. Operation time
6. Fuel level gauge Fig.3-3

7. Lock indicator (Lock countdown reminder)
8. Maintenance indicator and time
9. Fuel instaneous flow
10. Operate time of this time
11. Coolant temperature gauge
12. Malfunction alert and signal indicators
13. Video page
14. Auto deceleration
15. High/low travel speed
16. Icon for entering Failure Information
17. Icon for entering System Information
Coolant temperature gauge
There are 13 segments (yellow) indicating a

Fig.3-4
range from zero to 120°C.
A: When the engine is just started.
B: When the temperature is 0-110°C.

C: when the temperature exceeds 110°C. The

last segment turns red and the alert indicator
is on at the same time.
When the temperature is back to normal level

(under 110° C), the alert indicator will be off
automatically.
• Fuel level gauge

There are 13 segments (yellow) indicating a
range from zero to 100%.
A: When fuel level is under 8%, the seg-
ments disappear and the alert indicator is
on at the same time.
B: When fuel level is above 8%, the alert in-
dicator is off.
C: When the fuel tank is full.
Operation keys
The operation keys include five function keys.
Fig.3-5
Function keys
The function keys include F1, F2, F3, F4 and

F5, as show by the figure. Function of each
key is defined by the icon above it.
• A different icon defines different function of

a key.
• When no icon is shown, the corresponding
key is undefined.
Fig.3-6
Common icons and corresponding keys are
given in the following table:

Fig.3-7
3.2.2 Monitor operation
3.2.2.1 Default page
The Default page is the normal operation display of the monitor.
Operation
1. Enter the Video Page

If the machine is equipped with a camera,
press F1 enter the Video Page.
2. Auto-idle and Non auto-idle mode

Press F2 to switch between auto-idle and Non
auto-idle mode.
When the icon above F2 shows , press the
n/min
key to disable auto idle. When the icon shows

, press the key to enable auto idle.
AUTO
n/min
NOTE: Auto-idle mode is the default mode

after the machine is powered on.
• Auto idle is on as default. When all controls
are in neutral position, engine speed will
drop by 100 rpm after 0.2 second and then
enter auto idle after another 3 seconds (as
the controller automatically changes engine
speed to idling) in order to save fuel and re- Fig.3-8
duce noise.
• In auto idle, if the controller detects any ma-
neuver or gear position change, engine
speed will rise to corresponding level.

3. High and low travel speed

Press F3 to switch between high and low travel
speed.
When the icon above F3 shows , press the
key to select high travel speed. When the icon
shows , press the key to select low travel
speed.
NOTE: Default travel speed is Low after the
machine is powered on.
4. Failure Information
When the alert indicator is on, failure code ap-
pears on bottom of monitor screen. Above the
key F4 you will see a red . Press this key to
view failure Information.
5. Main menu (5)

Press F5 view system information.
NOT E: Password is required to access sys-
tem information. You may contact local Sany
distributor to get the password.
3.2.2.2 Main menu
Press F5 on the default page of monitor to en-

ter Main Menu. This page contains a list of
system functions. You can select an item and
enter corresponding page.
Operation
F1 Selection function
F2 —
F3 Confirmation
F4 Access System Setting page
F5 Return to the default page
Fig.3-9

3.2.2.3 Password entry to system information
Choose “Running Iinformation” on the “Main

Menu”, Press F3 to call the password entry to
system information (After power-on, you only
should enter the correct passwords to access
at the first time).
Operation
F1Increase or decrease the number at the

cursor.
F2 Move the cursor to the left or to the right.
F3 Confirmation
F4 Access System Lockout page
Fig.3-10
3.2.2.4 System lockout
Operation

cursor.
F3 Confirmation
F4 —
Fig.3-11

3.2.2.5 Engine & throttle signals
Select Running Information on the Main Menu

page to access Engine & Throttle Signals at
first.
Operation
F1 Enter Input & Output Switch Signals query.
F2 Enter Pilot Pressure Signals.
Fig.3-12
3.2.2.6 Pilot pressure signals
Press F2 on the Engine & Throttle Signals

page or press F1 on the Main & Cooling Pump
Signals page to access Pilot Pressure
Signals.
This page displays real-time pilot pressure

signals collected by the controller.
Operation
F1 Enter Engine & Throttle Signals.
F2 Enter Main & Cooling Pump Signals.
Fig.3-13

3.2.2.7 Main & cooling pump signals
Press F2 on the Engine & Throttle Signals

page or press F1 on the Input & Output Switch
Signals page to access Main & Cooling Pump
Signals.
Operation
F1 Enter Pilot Pressure Signals.
F2 Enter Input & Output Switch Signals.
Fig.3-14
3.2.2.8 Input & output switch signals
Press F2 on the Main & Cooling Pump Signals

page or press F1 on the Engine & Throttle Sig-
nals page to access Input & Output Switch
Signals.
Operation
F1 Enter Main & Cooling Pump Signals.
F2 Enter Engine & Throttle Signals.
Fig.3-15

3.2.2.9 Failure information
Select Failure Information on the Main Menu

to enter and check failure code and
information.
Operation
F1 Return to the previous page.
F2 —
F3 —
F4 —
F5 Return to Main Menu page
Fig.3-16
3.2.2.10 GPS information
Select GPS Information on the Main Menu to

check GPS information.
Operation
F1 —
F2 —
F3 —
F4 —
Fig.3-17

3.2.2.11 Language selection
Select Language Selection on the Main Menu

to enter Language Setting page, the currently
available languages are Chinse and English.
Operation
F1 —
F2 Chinse
F3 English
F4 —
Fig.3-18
3.2.2.12 System time calibration
Select System Clock on the Main Menu to en-

ter System Time Calibration page.
Operation

cursor.
F2 Move the cursor to the left or to the right
F3 Confirmation
F4 —
NOTE: System clock can only be set up once

after the system is powered on. When the ma-
chine is powered on and the F1 key is
pressed, you will only see the prompt of setup Fig.3-19
result.

3.2.2.13 Maintenance information
Select Maintenance Information on the Main

Menu to enter Maintenance Info. page. Main-
tenance Information includes maintenance
items of every 50 & 250 & 500 & 1000 & 2000
service hours.
NOTE: Just enter operation when mainte-

nance is reminded.
Operation
F1 —
F2 —
F3 Enter maintenance code confirmation
F4 Pause and open of maintenance items

cycle play
Fig.3-20
3.2.2.14 Maintenance confirmation
Press F3 on the Main Menu to access Maintain

Password page and input password to confirm
maintenance.
Operation

cursor
F3 Confirme maintenance
F4 —
Fig.3-21

3.2.2.15 System setting
Press F4 on the Main Menu to access System

Setting page, Password is required to access
Operation Time Calibration. For method of en-
tering the password see Password Entry to
System Information.
Operation
F1 Selection
F2 —
F3 Confirme maintenance
F4 —
Fig.3-22
3.2.2.16 Operation time calibration
Press Operating Hours on the System Setting

page to calibrate operating time. Password is
required to access Operation Time Calibra-
tion. For method of entering the password see
Password Entry to System Information.
Operation

cursor
F3 Confirmation
F4 -
F5 Return to System Setting page
Fig.3-23

3.2.2.17 Machine configuration setting
S e l e c t M a c h i n e C o n fig u r a t i o n o n
t h e System Setting page to check the ma-
chine configuration information.
F1 —
F2 —
F3 —
F4 —
Fig.3-24
3.2.2.18 Alarm content setting
Select Alarm Contet on the System Setting

page to acess Alarm Content Setting page.
Operation
F1 Select setting item
F2 —
F3 Confirm setting item
F4 —
Fig.3-25

3.2.2.19 Screen backlight adjust
Select Screen Backlight on the System Set-

ting page to acess Alarm Content Adjust
page.
Operation
F1 Enhance the backlight
F2 Dim the backlightl
F3 Confirmation
F4 —
Fig.3-26
3.2.2.20 Running correct setting
System set the second level password to

enter.
Operation
F1 Select setting item
F2 Increase the number at the cursor
F3 Decrease the number at the cursor
F4 Confirmation
Fig.3-27

3.2.2.21 Engine information
Display history fail and work times of engine.
Operation
F1 Display history fail and work times
F2 Enter the history fails query page
F3 Confirm sending request
F4 Enter the engine other information page
Fig.3-28
3.2.2.22 Engine information
Display engine history fails.
Operation
F1 Enter the next page
F2 —
F3 —
F4 —
F5 Return to Engine Information page
Fig.3-29

3.2.2.23 Display engine related information.
Select Screen Backlight on the System Set-

ting page to acess Alarm Content Adjust
page.
Operation
F1 Enter basic engine information-4 page
F2 Enter basic engine information-2 page
F3 —
F4 —
Fig.3-30
3.2.2.24 Daily maintenance information
It pop up automatically when stars at first time

every day.
Operation
F1 —
F2 —
F3 —
F4 -
Fig.3-31

3.2.2.25 System lockout information
The excavator enters level system lockout

when receive lockout singals. Lockout singals
include two kinds system status of level 1 and
level 2.
F1 I-
F2 —
F3 —
F4 —
F5 Enter system unlock page
Fig.3-32
3.2.2.26 System unlock
The excavator enters level system lockout

when receive lockout singals. Lockout singals
include two kinds system status of level 1 and
level 2.
Operation

cursor.
F3 Confirmation
F4 -
Fig.3-33

3.3 Switches
3.3.1 Overview
Fig.3-34
(1) Start switch (8) Cab lamp switch

(2) Fuel control dial (9) Cigarette lighter
(3) Work lamp switch (10) Indicator lights
(4) Wiper switch (11) Charging indicator light (red)
(5) Washer switch (12) Diagnostic indicator light (red)
(6) Head lamp switch (13) Preheat indicator light (yello)
(7) Horn switch
3.3.2 Start switch
1. The start switch is used to start or stop the

engine. There are four positions around the
start switch: OFF, ON and START.

OFF position
This is the position for the insertion and re-

moval of the ignition key. When the key slot
points to OFF position, all devices in the elec-
trical system are power off. To stop the en-
gine, turn the ignition key from ON position to
OFF position.
ON position
When the ignition key is turned to ON position,

the electrical system is energized. Fig.3-35
START position
Return to System Setting page
3.3.3 Fuel control dial
The fuel control dial is used to adjust engine

speed and output power. Turn the dial clock-
wise to increase engine speed and counter-
clockwise to decrease engine speed.
• MIN position: Low idle speed

• MAX position: Full speed
Fig.3-36

3.3.4 Work lamp switch
The work lamp switch is used to turn on/off

the boom lamps and chassis lamp.
Fig.3-37
Work lamp locations
Two work lamps on the boom
Fig.3-38
One work lamp on the right platform.
Fig.3-39

3.3.5 Head lamp switch
The head lamp switch is used to turn on/off

the lamps on top of the cab.
Fig.3-40
Head lamp locations
Fig.3-41

3.3.6 Windshield wiper switch
CAUTION
• When you are going to use the wiper,
press the washer switch to eject some de-
tergent in order to prevent damaging the
wiper due to friction.
When it is raining or when the front window is

dirty, you can press the switch to activate the
windshield wiper.
Fig.3-42
Fig.3-43
3.3.7 Washer switch
CAUTION
• Make sure the front window of cab is
closed before you press this switch.
Press this switch to spray cleaning detergent

onto the windshield. Depress the switch to
continue spraying detergent.
It returns to its original position automatically

once released, and spray of detergent stops.
Fig.3-44

3.3.8 Horn switch
The horn switch is located on top of the right

joystick. Press the button to sound the horn.
With the button depressed, the horn keeps

hooting.
Fig.3-45
3.3.9 Cab lamp switch
The cab lamp is installed inside the cab. Move

the toggle-switch up and down to turn on and
off the cab lamp.
Position (a) - ON
Position (b) - OFF
NOTE: The cab lamp can be turned on when

the start switch is in the OFF position.
Fig.3-46

3.3.10 Cigarette lighter
A cigarette lighter is installed in the cab for op-

erators who smoke.
To light a cigarette, push the lighter inward

first. Take it out of the socket when it springs
back after a few seconds and light a cigarette.
When the lighter removed, its socket can

serve as a 240W (24V×10A) power source.
NOTE: The cigarette lighter is 24V. Do not

use it to power 12V devices.
Fig.3-47
3.3.11 Diagnostic swith
When the diagnostic light is on and the engine

is in the stop status, press diagnostic swith to
read the number of diagnostic ligh sparkling,
faults diagnosis can be achieved with failure
code.
• When failure code isn’t recorded, it will be

repeated every 2.4s;
• Failure code is recorded, it will be repeated

three times every 2.4s;
• If more than two failure codes need to be re- Fig.3-48

corded, they will be repeated failure codes
from small to large every 2.4s;
• After one cycle is completed, another cycle

begains from oringinal code;
• Code displays from the number of highdigit

in order.

3.3.12 Charging indicator
The battery charging indicator (1) lights up

when the ignition key is turned to ON position.
It goes out when the engine is started and the
alternator is working. Check the alternator if
the indicator is on all the time.
Fig.3-49
3.3.13 Engine fault indicator
Engine fault indicator (2) lights up when en-

gine faults are detected by engine controller. It
goes out when faults are solved and the igni-
tion key is turned to OFF position. Then the
ignition key is turned to ON position and de-
tect engine faults again, engine fault indicator
goes out without faults.
3.3.14 Preheat indicator
1. Preheating indicator (3) lights up when am-

bient temperature is low and engine preheat-
ing is in progress. It goes out when preheating
process is over. Fig

3.3.15 Emergency stop toggle switch
Emergency stop switch is located under the

cab sea, used to stop engine in an ergency. in
case of emergency, lift the red cover, then
move the eergency stop toggle switch forwad
to shut down the engine. After engine flame-
out, reset the switch again.
Fig.3-50
3.4 Control levers and pedals

3.4.1 Overview
Fig.3-51
(1) Hydraulic lockout control (3) Left joystick

(2) Travel control (4) Right joystick

3.4.2 Hydraulic lockout control
WARNING
• When leaving the operator cab, always place the hydraulic lockout control to the locked
position.
• If the hydraulic lockout control lever is not placed in the locked position, inadvertent
touching of any of the control levers may cause serious injury or even death.
• When moving the hydraulic lockout control lever, be careful not to touch the joysticks.
The hydraulic lockout control is a device used

to lock out control levers of work equipment,
swing system, travel system and attachment
(if equipped).
• Locked position: Push down the hydraulic

lockout control to engage it. The machine
will not move even if you maneuver the
controls.
• Unlocked position: The machine moves ac-
cording to operation of control levers.
Fig.3-52
The lockout control is hydraulic. When it is en-

gaged, maneuver of any control lever or pedal
will not move the machine.
With all controls in neutral position, if any part

of the machine moves when the hydraulic
lockout control is disengaged, it indicates a
failure in your machine. In this case, immedi-
ately engage the hydraulic lockout control and
stop the engine. Contact your Sany distributor
to solve this problem.
Fig.3-53
3.4.3 Travel control levers
WARNING
• Accidental touching of the travel control pedals during machine operation may cause
the machine to move suddenly, resulting in serious accidents.
• Keep your feet off the pedal unless you are moving the machine.

The travel control levers and pedals are used

a
to control the movement of the undercarriage
and the travel direction of the machine. N
a
a - Forward travel:
N b
Push the control lever. (Pedal tilts forward. )
b - Backward travel: b a
a
Pull the control lever. (Pedal tilts backward. )
b
N - (Neutral Position): Machine stops. b
NOTE: Confirm the position of sprockets be-

fore maneuvering the control levers or pedals.
Make sure the sprockets are in the rear of ma- CZ335-1103054
chine. If the sprockets are in the front, the ma-

Fig.3-54
chine will move backward when you push the
control levers.
3.4.4 Joysticks
WARNING
• Never expose any part of your body outside the window, which may otherwise put you in
danger of being hurt by the boom if the joystick is moved unexpectedly. If the window is
broken or missing, replace it immediately.
• To prevent injury caused by unexpected movement of the machine, you aught to know
the positions and functions of both joysticks before operation.

Hereunder is an example of SAE mode. For

more information see "Work equipment con-
trol" on page 4-35.
Left Joystick Control

1 Forward Arm out
2 Backward Arm in
3 Left Swing to left
4 Right Swing to
right
• Moving a joystick diagonally can perform Fig.3-55

two functions at the same time.
Fig.3-56

Table 3–1
Right Joystick Control

5 Forward Boom down
6 Backward Boom up
7 Left Bucket in
8 Right Bucket out
• Moving a joystick diagonally can perform

two functions at the same time.
NOTE: Fig.3-57
• When the travel controls and the joysticks

are neutralized, engine speed drops to a
moderate level even if the fuel control dial is
set at a higher speed. Engine speed rises
to previous level set by the fuel control dial
when any of the control levers is moved.
• If all the control levers are placed in neutral
position, the engine speed will decrease by
about 100 rpm. After about 4 seconds, the
engine will fall to the speed (about 1,400
rpm) set by auto-deceleration.
Fig.3-58
• Releasing the control lever or joystick, it re-
turns to the neutral position automatically.
Machine function stops.
3.5 Cab windows and cab door

3.5.1 Ceiling window
WARNING
• Place the hydraulic lockout control to the
locked position before standing up from
the operator seat. When the hydraulic lock-
out control is unlocked, serious accidents
may result if the joysticks are operated by
mistake.

Open
Fig.3-59
1. Secure the hydraulic lockout control to the

locked position.
2. Push upward the locks (2) at both sides of

grip (1). Hold the grip (1) and push upward the
ceiling window.
Close
1. Hold grip (1) and pull downward the ceiling

window. The locks (2) will be engaged
automatically.
2. If the locks are not engaged properly, open

the ceiling window and try again.
Fig.3-60
3.5.2 Front window
• The front window can be stored (pulled up)

in roof of the cab.
• Before you open or close the front window,
park your machine on a level ground, lower
the work equipment to ground, and shut
down the engine.
• To open the front window, hold the hand-
holds tightly with both hands and pull the
window upward. Do not let it go before the
latch is in position.

• When you are closing the window, it may

fall quickly under weight. So hold the hand-
holds tightly with both hands when you
close the window.
WARNING
• Move the hydraulic lockout control to the locked position when opening or closing the front
window.
• Serious accidents may result if the joysticks are operated by mistake when the hydraulic lockout
control is unlocked.
• Do not raise or lower the front window when the machine is on a slope.
Raising the front window
1. Park your machine on a level ground, lower

the work equipment to the ground, and stop
the engine.

locked position.
Fig.3-61
3. Check that the wiper blade is stored in the

right bracket.
Fig.3-62

4. Hold the left and right hand grips (1) and

pull the two levers (2) to release the locks on
top of the front window.
Fig.3-63
Fig.3-64

5. Hold the lower hand hold (3) with your left

hand and the upper hand hold (4) with your
right hand, and push the window upward.
Continue to push the window toward the latch
(5) in the rear of the cab till it is locked
securely.
Fig.3-65
Fig.3-66
Fig.3-67

6. Check the lever (2), which shall be secured

in the locked position.
• Check the arrow on the catch (6), which

shall be aligned with the arrow on lever (2).
The lock is engaged.
• If the arrow on the catch (6) is not aligned
with the arrow on lever (2), the lock is not
engaged. Repeat step 5 to engage the lock.
Fig.3-68
Lowering the front window
CAUTION
• Close the front window slowly and do not
get your hand caught by the window.
• When closing the front window, hold the
hand grips and allow the windshield to drop
under its own weight.
1. Park your machine on a level ground, lower

the work equipment to the ground, and stop
the engine.

locked position.
Fig.3-69

3. Hold the left and right hand grips (1) and

pull the lever (2) downward to release the
lock.
Fig.3-70
4. Hold the lower hand hold (3) with your left

hand and upper hand hold (4) with your right
hand, push the window forward and lower the
window slowly.
Fig.3-71
Fig.3-72

5. When the bottom of the windshield meets

the top of bottom window, push the top of the
front window to engage both the left and right
latches (7) of the locks.
Fig.3-73
6. Check the lever (2), which shall be secured

in the locked position.
• Check the arrow on the catch (6), which

shall be aligned with the arrow on lever (2).
The lock is engaged.
• If the arrow on the catch (6) is not aligned
with the arrow on lever (2), the lock is not
engaged. Repeat step 5 to engage the lock.
Removing bottom front window
1. Raise the front window.
Fig.3-74

2. Hold hand grips and pull to remove the bot-

tom glass of the front window.
• Removal of the bottom glass may be diffi-

cult if sand or dust if built up at the bottom.
The sand or dust may be brought into the
cab along with the glass when storing the
glass. To avoid this, the area (A) shall be
cleaned before removing the bottom glass.
Fig.3-75
Fig.3-76
3.5.3 Cab door window
1. Disengage the latch.
2. Pull the front half backward or push the rear

half forward.
Fig.3-77
Closing

1. Push the front half forward or pull the rear

half backward.
2. Make sure the latch is properly engaged.
3.6 Cup holder

A cup holder is designed and installed below
the machine monitor.
Fig.3-78
3.7 Ash tray
• The tray is located left the cup holder.

• Make sure that your cigarette has been ex-
tinguished before closing the ash tray.
Fig.3-79

3.8 Manual pocket
• The pocket is on the back of the operator

seat.
• The operation manual of the machine can
be stored in this pocket for reference when
necessary.
Fig.3-80
3.9 Drink box
• The box is located to the rear right of opera-

tor seat. It is used to keep your drink warm
in winter and cool in summer.
• Cool or warm air is blown into the box as
per the setting of air conditioner.
Fig.3-81

3.10 Alternate exit

If you are unable to open the cab door in case
of emergency, you can use the rear window
as an alternate exit.
• For cabs equipped with a safety hammer,

you can use the hammer to break the rear
window. The safety hammer is stored in the
cab on the left side of the rear window.
Fig.3-82
• For rear windows designed with a pull ring,

you can pull the ring to tear off the rubber
seal and push the window with force so as
to let it fall outside.
NOTE: The rear window is only used as alter-

nate exit in case of emergency.
Fig.3-83
3.11 Fire extinguisher
CAUTION
• Read the instruction label on the extin-
guisher and understand how to use it in
case of emergency.
• Inspect the fire extinguisher periodically
and make sure it is in good condition.
• Replace the fire extinguisher if it has
expired.
A fire extinguisher is installed at the rear of

the operator cab.
Fig.3-84

3.12 Controller
Be care f u l n o t to get the contr o l l e r conta-
minated by water, mud or juice, which can
cause controller failure.
Do not disassemble the controller in case of

any failure. Contact your Sany distributor to fix
it.
Fig.3-85
3.13 Fusible link

If the start motor fails to start when the start
switch is turned to the ON position, there may
be a broken circuit in the fusible links. Open
the fuse box behind the operator seat and
check the fusible links.
Fig.3-86
NOTICE
• Fusible link (as shown) is the fuse installed on electric circuit. It is used to prevent burning of
electrical components and wires.
• There are 5A, 10A, 15A and 20A fusible links that are identified with different colors. Always re-
place a fusible link with one of the same specification.
• Always turn of the start switch before replacing a fusible link.

3.14 Air conditioning system

3.14.1 Control panel
OFF switch
This switch is used to stop the fan and

airconditioner.
When the OFF switch is pressed, the temper-

ature and air flow displayed on the LCD panel
disappear, the indicators above automatic
control switch and air conditioner switch go
out, and the operation stops.
Fig.3-87
Fan control switch
The switch is used to regulate the volume of

air flow, which can be set to any of six levels.
The amount of air flow is displayed on the

LCD panel.
• Press to increase the air flow
• Press to decrease the air flow.
• The air flow changes automatically in the
automatic control mode.
Fig.3-88
LCD display Air flow volume

Low flow
Moderate flow -1
Moderate flow - 2
Moderate flow - 3
Moderate flow - 4
High flow

TEMP switch
This switch is used to control the temperature

inside the operator cab.
The temperature can be set between 18 ℃

(64.4 ℉ ) and 32℃ (89.6 ℉ ).
• Press to increase the preset

temperature.
• Press to decrease the preset
temperature. Fig.3-89
• The temperature is generally set at 25 ℃
(77 ℉ ).
LCD
display
and
function
LCD
display (℃ Set Temperature
)
18.0 Maximum cooling
Adjust temperature inside
18.5 ~ 31.5 operator cab to selected
temperature
32.0 Maximum heating
MODE switch
This switch is used to select air outlet mode.

• When this switch is pressed, the LCD panel
will display the selected air outlet mode and
air will blow out from the selected outlet(s).
• Air outlet is regulated automatically in auto-
matic control mode.
Air outlet mode

Fig.3-90

LCD Air Outlet

Air Outlet Mode Remark
Display A B C D
Front ○ Auto operation disabled
Front-Rear ○ ○
Front-Rear-Bottom ○ ○ ○
Bottom ○
Defrost-Bottomr ○ Auto operation disabled
Defrost ○ Auto operation disabled
NOTE: Air comes out of the outlet identified

with ○.
(A): 2 air outlets for back
Fig.3-91
(B): 1 air outlet for face
(C): 1 air outlet for defrosting
Fig.3-92

(D): 1 air outlet for feet
Fig.3-93
REMARK: Air comes out of the outlet identified with ○
5. AUTO switch
This switch can be used to set air flow, outlets

and fresh air or circulation automatically ac-
cording to the preset temperature.
• Press the AUTO switch and the indicator
above it will light up..
• Press the AUTO swi tch and press the AUTO
TEMP switch to set a suitable temperature,
and the air conditioner will run
CZ335-1103101
automatically.
• When manual control mode, instead of auto Fig.3-94
mode, is selected, air flow, air outlet mode
and circulation mode will have to be set
manually with the switches. The indicator
above the AUTO switch goes out.
NOTE: Under automatic control mode, the air

flow may remain at HIGH if the temperature is
set at 18 °C (64.4°F) or 32 °C (89.6°F). This is
not a fault.

6. Fresh air/recirculation switch
This switch is used to switch between fresh air

intake and air recirculation mode.
• After the switch is pressed, the indicator
above the switch lights up to indicate that
fresh air is being taken in.
• Fresh air intake and recirculation modes
toggle automatically in automatic control. CZ335-1103102
Fig.3-95
The air inlet is closed. The air will recirculate in the operator cab.
Recirculate It is suitable for rapid cooling or heating of the operator cab. It is also
used when the external air is contaminated.
Fresh air is taken into the operator cab.
Fresh Air Intake
It is used to take in fresh air and defog.
7. LCD display
c
LCD display shows the preset temperature
(a), air flow (b) and outlet position (c) during
operation.
• When the OFF switch is pressed, the LCD a
display goes off and the A/C operation
stops. b
CZ335-1103103
Fig.3-96
8. A/C switch
This switch is used to activate and deactivate

air conditioner operation (heating, defrosting
and cooling).
• When the fan is working (LCD displays (b)),
press the A/C switch to activate the air con-
A/C
ditioner. The indicator above it will light up.
Press this switch again to deactivate the air
CZ335-1103104
conditioner. The indicator goes out.
Fig.3-97

• The air conditioner is disabled when the fan

is switched off (air flow symbol on the LCD
disappears)..
3.14.2 Operation method
Automatic control
1. Press the switch.
• When the switch is pressed, the LCD

panel displays the temperature (1) and air
flow (2). The indicators above the AUTO
switch and the switch will light up.
Fig.3-98
2. Use the switch to set a desired

temperature.
• Under automatic control mode, the air con-

ditioner adjusts air flow volume, air outlet
mode and air circulation mode automati-
cally according to the preset temperature.
Fig.3-99
NOTICE
When air outlet is in Front-Rear-Bottom mode (4) or Bottom mode (5), and engine coolant temper-
ature is low, the air flow will be restricted to prevent cool air from blowing out.
Stop AUTO operation
• Press the switch to stop automatic operation.
Manual control

1. Press the switch to adjust air flow. Check

the temperature (1) and air flow (2) displayed
on the LCD display.
3. Press the switch to set the internal tem-

perature of the operator cab.
4. Press the switch to select an air outlet

mode. The selected mode is displayed at (3)
on the LCD panel. Fig.3-100
5. Press the or switch to select the re-

circulation or fresh air intake mode.
Stop manual operation
Press the switch to stop the manual operation.
Bi-level mode
In order to direct cooling air to your face and warm air to your feet, observe the following
procedures:
1. Press the switch to adjust the air flow.

Check the temperature and air flow displayed
on the LCD display.
2. Press the switch and select the Front-

Rear-Bottom outlet mode.
4. Press the switch, the switch and the

or switch to set these features as
desired. Fig.3-101
Defrosting operation

1. Press the switch to set air flow volume.

Check the temperature (1) and air flow (2) dis-
played on the LCD panel.
Fig.3-102
2. Press the switch and select the Defrost

mode (6) or Defrost-Bottom mode (7).
3. Press the switch and select fresh air

intake.
4. Press the s w i t c h a n d s e t t h e tem-

perature on the LCD panel to maximum (32°
C).
Fig.3-103
• When you operate the machine in rainy season or need to eliminate mist or moisture from the
windows, just press the switch to turn on the air conditioner.
3.14.3 Air conditioner operation precautions
1.
• When running the air conditioning system,
always start with the engine running at a
low speed. Avoid starting the air conditioner
when the engine is running at a high speed,
or possible damage to the air conditioner
may result .
• If water should get on control panel or sun-
light sensor, an unexpected failure may re-
sult. Always keep these components clear
and free from water. In addition, keep these
components away from naked flame. Fig.3-104

• For the auto function of the air conditioner

to work properly, always keep the sunlight
sensor clean and free from debris, or it will
influence the function of sunlight sensor.
Ventilation
• When the air conditioner has been operat-
ing for hours, the “fresh air/recirculation
mode” shall be switched to “fresh air mode”
every hour for ventilation.
• If you smoke when air conditioner is run-
ning, the smoke may hurt your eyes. In this
case, the “fresh air/recirculation mode” shall
be switched to “fresh air mode” in order to
eliminate the smoke through continuous
cooling.
Temperature control
When the compressor is working, set the tem-

perature (5 or 6 ℃ (9 or 10.8 ℉ ) above out-
door temperature) that just makes you feel
cool after entering the cab. This temperature
difference is considered as the most healthy
temperature. Therefore, the temperature shall
be adjusted properly.
Inspection and maintenance of air condi-

tioned machine
• A machine equipped with air conditioner is
to be checked and maintained according to
the schedule. For details see“Air condi-
tioner-inspect/service”on page 5-48,
“Compressor belt tension-test”on page
5-61 and “Air conditioner filters - clea-
n”on page 5-72.
• When the air conditioner has not been used
for a long time, it is necessary to often run
the engine at low speed and conduct cool-
ing, dehumidifying and heating operations
for several minutes in order to prevent loss
of oil film on each component.

• The air conditioner will not work if the inter-

nal temperature of cab is low. You can cir-
culate fresh air into the cab so as to
increase the temperature. Switch on the air
conditioner again to make it work.
• In case that any device or sensor of the air
conditioner is found abnormal, “A/C control-
ler failure” will be displayed on the air condi-
tioner control penal. Please contact Sany
distributor to investigate and repair it.
3.15 Radio
3.15.1 Control panel
6 5 4 3 2 1
PRESET STATION SANY
AS/ PS AM/FM TIME SEL
TUNING TIME ADJ VOL

ST
AM
FM
7 8 9 10
CZ335-1103111
Fig.3-105
(1) Power switch (6) Preset stations (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)

(2) Sound effect switch (7) LCD
(3) Time display (8) Tuning keys
(4) FM/AM selector (9) Time adjusting keys
(5) AS/PS key (10) Volume control
Power switch (1)
Push the power switch (1) in order to turn on the radio. The frequency is shown on the LCD display
(7). Push the power switch again in order to turn off the radio.
Sound effect conversion

• When switch (2) is pressed, sound effect will be displayed in turn at each pressing: VOL → BAS
→ TRE → Balance.
• The device returns to frequency display when no operation is performed within 5 seconds.
• Mode of sound effect is displayed at location (7) on the LCD screen.
• For details on sound effect see “Sound effect conversion methods:” on page 3-73..
Time display
• When frequency is displayed, press switch (3) to show local time for 5 seconds. The display re-
turns to display frequency after 5 seconds.
• Depress the key (4) for more than 5 seconds to show the region: ASA: EU.
• For details on time adjustment see “Setting the time correctly” on page 3-73.
FM/AM band selector
Press the switch (4) to select the desired band. Pressing the key each time toggles the band be-
tween FM and AM.
Fig.3-106
AS/PS key
The key (5) is used to auto scan and preset stations.

• Auto Scan:
When tuning in the radio, pressing the key AS/PS (5) allows you to scan each preset station,
which will be played for 10 seconds, while the number of the preset station scanned is blinking
on the display. If you want to tun in some station, press the key (5) again.
• DPreset Stations:
When tuning in the radio, depressing the key AS/PS (5) for more than 2 seconds will activate the
auto scanning of current stations. Six radio stations that have the strongest signal will be stored
in turn to the 6 keys (1-6). Now you can play any of the preset stations.

Tuning in preset stations (1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6)
If keys (6) have been preset with some stations, you can press any of the keys to play the preset
station. For details on presetting see “Presetting radio stations” on page 3-72.
LCD display
The band, radio frequency, preset number and time will be displayed on the display (7).
Tuning key
Press key (8) to change frequency.
For details see “Searching radio stations” on page 3-72.
Time adjustment
Use the keys (9) to adjust the time. For time adjusting method see “Setting the time correctly”
on page 3-73.
H: Hour
M: Minute
ADJ: Set to 00 minute
Volume control
• Press the key “+” (10) to increase sound volume to 40 at maximum.
• Press the key “-” to decrease sound volume to 0 at minimum.
• The display returns to show radio frequency if no operation is performed within 5 s.
3.15.2 Operation
Presetting radio stations
1. Press the power switch (1) in order to show

the frequency on display (7).
2. Press one of the tuning keys (8) to locate

the desired frequency. There are two tuning
ways: manual and automatic.
3. When desired frequency is shown on the

display (7), depress one of the preset keys for
Fig.3-107
at least 1.5 seconds. The voice will disappear.
But the voice will come back when the preset-
ting operation (storing to the memory) is

completed. The preset key number and the

frequency will be displayed, indicating the
completion of presetting operation. After pre-
setting the stations, press one of the preset
keys (6) for at least 1.5 seconds in order to
tune in the preset station.
REMARK:
The AS/PS key can be used to preset the sta-

tions automatically.
Searching radio stations
1. Press the power switch (1) in order to show

the frequency on display (7).
2. Press one of the tuning keys (8) to locate

the desired frequency. There are two tuning
ways: manual and automatic.
• Manual tuning
Press one of the tuning keys (8) till the fre-
quency appears on the display (7).
＜ key: Decrease the frequency.
＞ key: Increase the frequency.
When the frequency reaches its maximum
or minimum limit, it will cycle in the order of
max-min or min -max.
• Automatic tuning
Depress one of the tuning keys (8) will acti-
vate automatic scanning of radio stations.
When any station is found, the tuning stops.
To scan next station, depress one of the
tuning keys (8) again.
＜ : Decrease the frequency.
＞ : Increase the frequency.
If this key is pressed during automatic tun-
ing, automatic tuning will be cancelled. The
setting returns to the previous frequency
before the key is pressed.
Sound effect conversion methods:

• VOL - Volume: Press “+” in order to increase the volume, which can be increased to 40. Press
“-” in order to decrease the volume, which can be decreased to 0.
• BAS - Bass: Press the SEL key (2) in order to access sound effect and select BAS. Press VOL
key (10) within 5 seconds in order to change the bass level between +7 and -7.
• TRE - Treble: Press the SEL key (2) in order to access sound effect and select TRE. Press VOL
key (10) within 5 seconds in order to change the treble level between +7 and -7.
• BAL - Balance: Press the SEL key (2) in order to access sound effect and select BAL. Press
VOL key (10) within 5 seconds in order to change the balance of the left and right audio chan-
nels between L9 and R9. BAL.0 means that both audio channels are kept balanced.
REMARK: For any mode, the display will return to show previous setting if no operation is done
within 5 seconds.
Setting the time correctly
3. Press the key (3) to display the time. The

display will return to show radio frequency
after 5 seconds and the time cannot be reset.
In this case, press the time display key (3)
again.
4. Press one of the time adjustment keys (9)

in order to select hours or minutes.
Fig.3-108
H key: Hour adjustment
(Pressing this key once will increase 1 hour.)
M key: Minute adjustment
(Pressing this key once will increase 1 minute.)
by pressing the H key or the M key, the hours or minutes will keep going till the key is released.
ADJ key: When pressing the ADJ key, the time will be preset as following:
• When it displays 00-05 minutes,the time will return to 00 minute and 00 second. (The hours re-
main unchanged.)
• When it displays 55 - 59 minutes, the time will advance to 00 minute and 00 second. (The hours
will be more.)
• When it displays 06 - 54 minutes, the time can not be preset. (Time remains the same).
For Example:
10:05 → 10:00
10:59 → 11:00

10:26 → 10:26
Use the H, M and ADJ keys to set the time correctly.
Antenna
Before moving your machine into any building,

it is necessary to put away the antenna in or-
der to prevent intervention. Put away the an-
tenna by the following steps: 1
A
1. Loosen the antenna's mounting bolt (1) in
order to place the antenna in position (A).
2. Tighten the bolt (1) after storing the

antenna. CZ335-1103114
Radio operation precautions Fig.3-109

• To be safe, the volume should be kept at a
level that you could hear the outside sound
during operation.
• The penetration of water into the loud-
speaker or radio may lead to unexpected
trouble. In this case, be careful of not get-
ting the device wet.
• Never use benzol, diluent or other solvent
to clean the control panel or push keys. Soft
dry cloth shall be used for cleaning. If the
device is too dirty, wipe it with alcohol.
• When disconnecting or replacing the bat-
tery, the preset stations and the clock will
be cleared. Therefore, the settings should
be readjusted.
3.16 Door catch
CAUTION
• Park the machine on a level ground before releasing the cab door catch.
• Do not release the door catch when the machine is on a slope. The door may shut suddenly
and cause injury.
• Do not expose your body or hand out of the cab or put your hand on the door frame before re-
leasing the door catch. The door may shut suddenly and cause injury.

Fasten the door to the door catch after open-

ing it.
1 Move the cab door toward catch (1)

until it engages with the catch.
2 When closing the door, press lever (2)
to the left of the operator seat to
release the catch (1).
Fig.3-110
3.17 Lockable caps and covers

The filler caps of the fuel tank, the cab door,
the engine hood and the access covers of the
machine are all lockable. Use the engine igni-
tion key to lock and unlock these places.
• Always insert the key to its shoulder (A).

• The key may break if it is turned before fully
inserted.
Fig.3-111
3.18 Lockable caps
CAUTION
• Make sure the key slot is covered after removing the key. Otherwise, invasion of foreign objects
may block or even disable the lock.
• Lock the filler cap after is has been fully screwed on; otherwise, the lock may be damaged.
• Always keep the sealing in the filler cap clean. Metal chips or sands on the sealing may cause
fuel leakage.
Unlocking

1. Slide off cover (1) to expose the key slot.
2. Insert the ignition key into the slot.
3. Turn the key clockwise to mark A on the

cap to unlock the cap (2).
Position (A): Unlock
Position (B): Lock
Fig.3-112
Locking
1. Screw on the cap (2) tightly and insert the

ignition key into the key slot.
2. Turn the key to locked position (B), and

then remove the key.
3. Slide cover (1) onto the key slot.
Fig.3-113
3.19 Lockable covers

Unlocking

1. Insert the ignition key into the key slot.
2. Turn the key counterclockwise to unlock the

cover and open it by the handle.
Position (A): Unlock
Position (B): Lock
Fig.3-114
Locking
1. Shut the cover properly and insert the key.
2. Turn the key clockwise to position (B) and

remove the key.
3.20 Toolbox
Store tools in this box.
Fig.3-115

3.21 Grease pump frame

The grease pump frame is inside the access
door at the left rear part of the machine. When
the grease pump is not in service, place it on
the frame.
Fig.3-116

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Operation
Operation
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Before starting the engine....................................................................................................4-5
4.1.1 Walk-around inspection..............................................................................................4-5
4.1.2 Inspection before starting...........................................................................................4-6
4.1.2.1 Overview ...............................................................................................................4-6
4.1.2.2 Water and sediment in fuel tank - drain ............................................................4-7
4.1.2.3 Water and sediment in water separator - check/drain....................................4-7
4.1.2.4 Hydraulic oil level - check/refill...........................................................................4-8
4.1.2.5 Coolant level - check/refill...................................................................................4-9
4.1.2.6 Oil level in oil pan - check/add ........................................................................ 4-10
4.1.2.7 Electric wires - check........................................................................................ 4-10
4.1.2.8 Fuel level - Check and add.............................................................................. 4-12
4.1.2.9 Work lamp switches - check............................................................................ 4-13
4.1.2.10 Horn - check .................................................................................................... 4-13
4.1.3 Adjustment before operation .................................................................................. 4-14
4.1.3.1 Operator seat adjustment ................................................................................ 4-14
4.1.3.2 Rear view mirrors.............................................................................................. 4-15
4.1.3.3 Seat belt ............................................................................................................. 4-17
4.1.4 Operation before engine startup ............................................................................ 4-18
4.2 Engine starting.................................................................................................................... 4-19
4.2.1 Engine preheating.................................................................................................... 4-19
4.2.2 Warm-up operation .................................................................................................. 4-20
4.3 Engine shutdown................................................................................................................ 4-21
4.4 Machine operation ............................................................................................................. 4-22
4.4.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 4-22
4.4.2 Before moving the machine.................................................................................... 4-22
4.4.3 Move the machine.................................................................................................... 4-23
4.4.4 Stopping the machine.............................................................................................. 4-24
4.5 Machine turning.................................................................................................................. 4-25
Operation SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
4.5.1 Machine turning........................................................................................................ 4-25

4.5.2 Direction change when the machine is stopped................................................ 4-25
4.5.3 Pivot turning .............................................................................................................. 4-27
4.6 Work Equipment Control ................................................................................................... 4-27
4.7 Restricted operations......................................................................................................... 4-29
4.7.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 4-29
4.7.2 Operation with swinging force ................................................................................ 4-30
4.7.3 Operation with traveling force................................................................................. 4-30
4.7.4 Permissible depth of water ..................................................................................... 4-31
4.7.5 Operation with bucket landing force ...................................................................... 4-32
4.7.6 Hard rocky ground.................................................................................................... 4-32
4.7.7 Operation with machine weight.............................................................................. 4-33
4.7.8 Sudden shift of control levers/pedals .................................................................... 4-33
4.8 Permissible depth of water ............................................................................................... 4-34
4.9 Traveling on a slope........................................................................................................... 4-35
4.9.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 4-35
4.9.2 Traveling downhill .................................................................................................... 4-36
4.9.3 When engine stalls on a slope ............................................................................... 4-36
4.9.4 Cab door on a slope................................................................................................. 4-36
4.10 Escaping from mud.......................................................................................................... 4-36
4.10.1 Escaping from mud................................................................................................ 4-36
4.10.2 When one track is trapped.................................................................................... 4-37
4.10.3 When both tracks are trapped.............................................................................. 4-37
4.11 Recommended application ............................................................................................. 4-37
4.11.1 Overview.................................................................................................................. 4-37
4.11.2 Backhoe operation ................................................................................................. 4-38
4.11.3 Trenching work ....................................................................................................... 4-39
4.11.4 Loading operation .................................................................................................. 4-39
4.12 Parking .............................................................................................................................. 4-40
4.13 Inspection after each workday ....................................................................................... 4-42
4.14 Locking .............................................................................................................................. 4-43
4.15 Operation in cold weather............................................................................................... 4-43
4.15.1 Overview ................................................................................................................. 4-43
4.15.2 Fuel and lubricant .................................................................................................. 4-43
4.15.3 Coolant .................................................................................................................... 4-44
4.15.4 Battery ..................................................................................................................... 4-44
4.15.5 After each workday ................................................................................................ 4-44
4.15.6 After cold season ................................................................................................... 4-45
4.16 Long-term storage ........................................................................................................... 4-46
4.16.1 Before storage........................................................................................................ 4-46
4.16.2 During storage........................................................................................................ 4-46
4.16.3 After storage ........................................................................................................... 4-47

4.16.4 Engine startup after long-term storage ............................................................... 4-47
4.17 Transportation information.............................................................................................. 4-48
4.17.1 Transportation information.................................................................................... 4-48
4.17.2 Transport methods................................................................................................. 4-48
4.17.3 Loading and unloading.......................................................................................... 4-49
4.17.3.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-49
4.17.3.2 Loading ............................................................................................................ 4-50
4.17.3.3 Securing the machine .................................................................................... 4-52
4.17.3.4 Unloading......................................................................................................... 4-54
4.17.3.5 Lifting the machine ......................................................................................... 4-56

WARNING

4.Operation
4.1 Before starting the engine

4.1.1 Walk-around inspection
WARNING
• Remove flammable materials on the bat-
tery, engine, muffler, turbocharger and oth-
er components that heat up during
machine operation.
• The leak of oil or fuel may cause the ma-
chine to catch on fire.
Check and clean the following items each day

before starting the engine:
1. Check the work equipment, cylinders, arms

and hoses for cracks, excessive wear or loos-
ening. Check the O-ring between the bucket
and the arm for damage. Repair or replace it
in case of any problem.
2. Remove the dirt and debris around the en-

gine, battery and radiator.
Check the surrounding of engine and radiator

for buildup of dirt. Check the surrounding of
muffler, turbo charger or other hot compo-
nents for flammable materials like dry leaves
and thin branches. Remove them if any dirt or
flammable materials are found.
For method of removing dirt from radiator, see

"Radiator and oil cooler fins - inspect/clean"
on page 5-63.
Check the engine for leak of oil. Check the

cooling system for leak of coolant. Repair it in
case of any problem.
3. Check the hydraulic unit, hydraulic tank, ho-

ses and joints for any leaks of oil.
Check for oil leaks. Repair the leaks if any.

4. Check the undercarriage (track, sprockets,

tension rollers and guards) for damage, wear,
loose bolts or roller leakage.
Correct the problem if any.
5. Check the handholds and step for any prob-

lem like loose bolts.
Repair it in case of any problem. Tighten the

loose bolts.
6. Check the gauges and monitor.
Check the gauges and monitor in operator

compartment. Change the parts or compo-
nents in case of any problem. Clean their
surfaces.
7. Clean and check rear mirrors
Clean and check the rear mirrors for any dam-

age. Repair it in case of any damage. Clean
the mirrors and adjust their positions so that
the area behind the machine could be seen
clearly from operator’s seat.
8. Check the safety belt and holds for damage

or wear. Replace it with a new one in case of
any damage.
9. Check the bucket with hook (if equipped)

for any damage.
10. Check the hoisting hook, guide plate and

hook seat for any damage. Contact Sany dis-
tributor for repair in case of any problem.
4.1.2 Inspection before starting
4.1.2.1 Overview
The items in this section must be checked

every day before starting the engine.

4.1.2.2 Water and sediment in fuel tank - drain
1. Open the right access door of the machine.
2. Place a suitable container under the drain

hose [1].
3. Open the drain valve [2] to drain the sedi-

ment, water and fuel from fuel tank.
4. When clean fuel is seen, turn off the drain

valve [2].
5. Shut the access door.
Fig.4-1
4.1.2.3 Water and sediment in water separator - check/drain
1. Open the access cover on the right side o

the machine.
2. Check water level and volume of sedimen

through the transparent cover [1]. If water or
sediment is built up at the bottom, place a
container under drain hose [3] to receive
drainage.
3. Open drain valve [2] to discharge water.
4. Close drain valve [2] once fuel is seen com-

ing out of drain hose [3].
Fig.4-2
NOTE:
• If cover (2) is dirty and opaque, clean it

when replacing fuel filter element (1).
• When the drain valve (3) has been removed
during cleaning, its O-ring (4) must be
greased and the valve must be tightened till
it contacts the bottom.
Fig.4-3

4.1.2.4 Hydraulic oil level - check/refill
CAUTION
• Engine oil and components are still hot
and may cause burns after the engine has
been just shut down. Wait for them to cool
down before working on them.
• Before removing the filler cap, turn it slowly
to release internal pressure.
1. Adjust the work equipment to the position

shown in the right illustration. Stop the engine.
2.Operate the joysticks and travel control lev-

Fig.4-4
ers in all directions 15 seconds after engine
shutdown to release internal pressure.
3. Open the access door on the right side to

check the oil level gauge (2).
Before operation: level between H and L (Oil

temperature: 10~30°C or 50~86°F)
After operation: level close to H (Oil tempera-

ture: 55~80°C or 131~176°F)
4. If oil level is below the L mark, add oil

through the filler opening (1) on top of the hy-
draulic tank. Fig.4-5
NOTE: Do not add oil to a level above the H

mark. If the oil level is above the H mark, stop
the engine and wait for the oil to cool down.
Place a container under the drain plug (3) be-
neath the hydraulic tank and discharge exces-
sive oil from the tank via the drain plug.
Fig.4-6

4.1.2.5 Coolant level - check/refill
CAUTION
• The coolant is hot and the radiator is under
high pressure upon shutdown of the en-
gine. Removing the radiator cap (1) at the
moment may cause burns. Do not remove
the cap until coolant temperature has
dropped. Turn the filler cap slowly to re-
lease internal pressure.
1. The coolant level must remain between the

upper and lower limits marked on the reserve
tank (2) when the engine is running. If coolant Fig.4-7
level is below the lower limit, add coolant to
the radiator as well as to the reserve tank.
2. Open the rear door on the left side of ma-

chine and check the level of coolant in the re-
serve tank (2). If coolant level is low, add
coolant to FULL position through the filler
opening of the reserve tank (2).
3. Tighten the cap after refilling the tank.
4. An empty reserve tank (2) might be caused

by coolant leakage. Correct the fault immedi-
ately after inspection. If no problem has been Fig.4-8
found, check coolant level in the radiator. Add
coolant to reserve tank (2) if its level is low.
5. If reserve tank (2) is dirty inside and the lev-

el cannot be seen clearly, clean the tank. For
more information, see "Cooling system interior
- clean" on page 5-82.

4.1.2.6 Oil level in oil pan - check/add
WARNING
• Engine oil and components are still hot
and may cause burns after the engine has
been just shut down. Wait for them to cool
down before working on them.
1. Open the engine hood.
2. Take out oil dipstick (2) and wipe the oil off
the dipstick with cloth.
3. Insert the dipstick (2) to bottom and then

pull it out. Fig.4-9
4. Oil level should be between the H and L

marks on dipstick (2). Add oil through opening
(1) if oil level is below the L mark.
Recommended oil: Caltex CH-4 15W-40
5. If oil level is above H mark, the drain valve

(3) on the bottom of oil pan is to be opened to
discharge extra oil. Check oil level again.
6. Tighten the filler opening cap and properly

close the engine hood if oil level is normal.
NOTE:
• If you need to check oil level after operation

of the engine, shut off the engine and wait
at least for 15 minutes before checking.
• If your machine is on a slope, move it to a
level ground prior to inspection.
4.1.2.7 Electric wires - check
NOTICE
• If any fuse burns frequently or any wire shows the sign of short circuit, contact your
Sany distributor to find the cause and eliminate the trouble.
• Keep battery surface clean and check the vent on battery cover. Flush the cover to clean
the vent if the vent is plugged by dirt or dust.

Check whether the fuse is damaged; whether the fuse with proper capacity is used; whether any
wire connection is off; whether wire sheath is broken.
Check for loose terminals. Fix it if any.
Moreover, pay special attention to electric wires when checking battery, engine, start motor and al-
ternator. Make sure to check for flammable materials around battery. Immediately remove them if
any.

4.1.2.8 Fuel level - Check and add
WARNING
• Be careful not to splash fuel on the tank
when filling the fuel tank to reduce fire risk.
• Clean splashed fuel completely if any. Re-
move contaminated earth or sand if fuel
flows onto the ground.
• Fuel is flammable and dangerous. No open
fire is allowed in the vicinity of fuel.
1. Turn the engine start switch to ON position

and check the fuel level on the monitor Fig.4-10
screen. Turn the switch to OFF position after
checking.
2. When fuel level is low, remove the fuel tank

cap (1) and fill the tank till the float meter (2)
reaches the highest point.
• When the fuel tank is full, top (a) of the float

meter (2) is positioned at about 50mm.
• When fuel level is below 10%, alarm on the
monitor will sound.
3. Press down the float meter (2) with the fuel Fig.4-11
tank cap (1). Make sure that the float meter is
not stuck on the cover plate of filler cap.
Screw on the filler cap.
Fig.4-12

NOTE:
• Pressure in the fuel tank may drop if the

vent hole (3) on the cap is blocked, which
may hinder the flow of fuel. Clean the vent
whenever necessary.
• Lock the filler cap after is has been fully
screwed on; otherwise, the lock may be
damaged.
• Always keep the sealing in the filler cap
clean. Metal chips or sands on the sealing Fig.4-13
may cause fuel leakage.
4.1.2.9 Work lamp switches - check
1. Check the work lamps for normal

functioning.
Check for any dirt or damage.
If any lamp does not work, the bulb may be

burned or broken circuit may be present. Con-
tact your Sany dealer for repair.
1. Turn the start switch to the ON position.
2. Switch on the work lamp switch and check

if the lamps light up.
Fig.4-14
4.1.2.10 Horn - check
1.Turn the start switch to the ON position.
2. The horn sounds immediately when the

horn button is pressed. Make sure that the
horn sounds normally. In case of dead horn or
abnormal sound, please contact Sany distrib-
utor for repair.
Fig.4-15

4.1.3 Adjustment before operation
4.1.3.1 Operator seat adjustment
It is necessary to adjust seat position before

operating or after changing operator.
Adjust the seat so as to enable the operator to

easily manipulate the control levers, pedals
and switches from the seat.
1) Forward and backward adjustment
Pull the lever (1) upward, slide the seat to de-

sired position, and release the lever.
Adjusting length: 200mm (10mm per step)
2) Adjust the seat forward and backward as

a whole
Pull the lever (2), slide the seat to desired po-

sition, and release the lever. In this case, the
operator seat moves along with both armrest
boxes and pilot lockout control.
3) Suspension adjustment (if equipped)

Fig.4-16
Turning the lever (3) counterclockwise will
bring you a hard suspension which is suitable
for heavy operator; turning the lever (3) clock-
wise will bring you a soft suspension which is
suitable for light operator.
NOTE:To achieve the best adjustment, adjust

the reading (kg) on dial (4) to weight of
operator.

d. Backrest adjustment
Lift lever (5), move the backrest to an opti-

mum position at where operation can be
easily conducted, and release the lever.
Do not allow the backrest to interfere with the

cover plate of air conditioner behind it. Be
careful with the control levers, which shall not
be touched by armrest.
Fig.4-17
e. Armrest angle adjustment
Turning the plate (7) beneath armrest (6) can

adjust the angle of armrest to desired
position.
The armrest can be placed vertically so that

the operator can leave the seat easily.
Adjustable angle: 40°
Fig.4-18
4.1.3.2 Rear view mirrors
WARNING
• Adjust the rear view mirrors before op-
eration. Failure to do so may cause B A
poor visibility, resulting in personal

injury.
CZ335-1103142
Fig.4-19

Rear mirror (A)

• Adjust installation of rear mirror (A) so that
people to rear left of machine can be seen
clearly. 2
• Install rear mirror (A) to the position as 1
shown in the right illustration.

• Turn the rod (1) around rod (4) to a suitable
3
position and fix rod (1).
• When adjusting mirror angle, if the mirror
4
cannot move smoothly, you may loosen bolt CZ335-1103143
(2) and bolt (3) to release the mirror.

Fig.4-20
Torque of bolt (2): 4.0~5.4 N·m (0.41~0.55
kgf·m)
• Adjustment of rear mirror is accomplished
when side of machine can be seen in the
mirror, as shown in the right illustration.
CZ335-1103144
Fig.4-21

Rear mirror (B)
Adjust installation of rear mirror (B) so that

people to rear right of machine can be seen
clearly. 5
• Install rear mirror (B) to the position as
shown in the right illustration. 6
M
M: 120 mm
• When adjusting mirror angle, if the mirror
cannot move smoothly, you may loosen bolt
(5) and bolt (6) to release the mirror. CZ335-1103145
Torque of bolt (5): 4.0~5.4 N·m (0.41~0.55

Fig.4-22
kgf·m)
• Adjustment of rear mirror is accomplished
when side of machine can be seen in the
mirror, as shown in the right illustration.
CZ335-1103146
Fig.4-23
4.1.3.3 Seat belt
• Check the condition of the seat belt and the

buckle before you fasten it. Replace the belt
if excessive wear or damage is observed.
• Replace the seat belt every 3 years regard-
less of its condition. See the production
date on the back of the belt.
• Be sure to fasten your seat belt during ma-
chine operation.
• Do not twist the seat belt.
Buckle up and release
The seat belt has a coiler, and belt length

needs no adjustment.

1. Buckle up
Hold clip (2) and pull the belt out of coiler (1).
Check that there is no twist on the belt and in-
4 3 2 1
sert catch (3) into buckle (4).
Check if the belt has been fastened by pulling
SS
it slightly.
PRE
2. Release
CZ335-1103147
Press key (5) on buckle (4) to release catch
(3). The belt will retract into the coiler Fig.4-24
automatically.
Hold clip (2) so that the belt retract slowly into

the coiler.
4.1.4 Operation before engine startup
WARNING
• Before starting the engine, check if the hydraulic lockout control is secured in the locked
position.
• If the hydraulic lockout control is not in the locked position, accidental touching of control lever
or pedal when starting the engine may lead to unexpected movement of machine, which may
cause serious accidents.
• When rising from the operator seat, make sure the hydraulic lockout control is in the locked po-
sition, whether the engine is running or not.
1. Check if the hydraulic lockout control is in

the locked position.
2. Check if all control levers and pedals are

neutralized. They shall remain in NEUTRAL
position if not operated.
Fig.4-25

3. Turn the start switch to the ON position.
Fig.4-26
4. Check the condition of the machine through

the gauges on the monitor display.
• When a fault arises, the alarm indicator will

light up.
• If a fault code is displayed on the monitor,
check the fault immediately.
• If no fault code appears, the alarm indicator
may light up because:
coolant temperature is too high; or
engine oil pressure is too high or too low.
Fig.4-27
4.2 Engine starting

4.2.1 Engine preheating
• When ambient temperature is low, engine

startup assist control automatically heater
plug.
• Before engine setup, turn the key switch to
the ON position, engine controller drives
preheat relay to work according to water
temperature at the set time.
• After engine setup, engine controller drives
preheat relay to work according to water
temperature at the set time.
• Wh e n e n g i n e p r e h e a t i n g b e g i n Fig.4-28
s , preheating indicator (3) lights up.

4.2.2 Warm-up operation
• In case of emergency, abnormal running of

engine, or other faults, turn the start switch
key to OFF position and shut off the engine.
• Do not operate any control lever or pedal
suddenly when hydraulic oil remains at low
temperature. Make sure to warm up the ma-
chine till temperature of hydraulic oil rises to
a suitable point.
• Insufficient warm-up of the machine may
cause slow response or abrupt movement
during operation, resulting in serious acci-
dents. Warm-up is especially necessary in
cold areas.
• Do not accelerate the machine suddenly
before warm-up process is finished. Do not
continuously run the engine at low or high
speed for more than 20 minutes, which may
cause leaks in the oil supply pipe of the tur-
bocharger. If the engine has to be run at idle
speed, add load to it or run it at a moderate
speed.
Do not start machine operation immediately

after engine start. Check the following items:
1. Adjust the fuel control dial to run the engine

at a low speed (about 1,100 rpm) for about
five minutes.

at a moderate speed (about 1,400 rpm), and
then slowly operate the bucket for five
minutes.

at a high speed, and operate the boom, arm
and bucket for 5-10 minutes.
4. Cycle each action of excavator for several

times before ending the preheat operation.

5. 5. Check all gauges for normal display after

preheating the machine.
Continue to warm up the machine if coolant
temperature (see monitor display) and hy-
draulic oil temperature (50~80°C) fail to reach
normal values.
6. Check exhaust color, noise or vibration for

abnormality. Repair it if any.
4.3 Engine shutdown
WARNING
• Engine service life will be reduced if it is
not shut down at idling speed. Never stop
the engine at high speed except for emer-
gency. Failure to do so can cause failures
such as fatigue cracking in cylinder head
or burning of turbocharger bearing.
1. Run the engine at idle speed for about five

minutes to cool it down gradually.
2. Turn the start switch to the OFF position to

shut off the engine. Remove the ignition key.
NOTE: If the engine is overheated, do not

stop it. Run it at low idling speed so that it can
be cooled down gradually. Do not turn off the
engine until it is cool enough.
Fig.4-29

4.4 Machine operation

4.4.1 Overview
WARNING
• Check the area around the machine and
sound the horn before moving the
machine.
• Nobody is allowed to enter the area around
the machine.
• Remove any barriers from the travel route.
• There is a blind area behind the machine.
Take extra care when reversing the
machine.
Before operating the travel control levers or

pedals, make sure the idlers (1) are in the
front and sprockets (2) are under the tail (3) of
the machine. If the sprocket is in the front, the
travel direction of the machine will be opposite
to the moving direction of travel control lever
(s) or pedal(s). (The forward and backward di-
rections are reversed. So do the left and right
turning directions.)
Fig.4-30
4.4.2 Before moving the machine
1. Adjust the fuel control dial to a desired posi-

tion to increase engine speed.
Fig.4-31


FREE position and retract the work equip-
ment. Keep the bucket 40~50cm off the
ground.
NOTE:
Raise the boom a little if necessary to provide

good visibility to the right side of the operator
cab.
Fig.4-32
Fig.4-33
4.4.3 Move the machine
Forward moving
Push both of the travel control levers or press

the upper part of the control pedals at the
same time with equal force to move the ma-
chine forward.
Fig.4-34
Backward moving

Pull both of the travel control levers or press

the lower part of the control pedals at the
same time with equal force to move the ma-
chine backward.
NOTE:
• If the sprockets are in the front of the ma-

chine, the moving direction of the machine
is opposite when the travel control levers
(pedals) are operated.
• To ensure straight travel, operate the travel
control levers or pedals at the same with Fig.4-35
equal force.
• When ambient temperature is low, travel
speed may become abnormal. In this case,
warm up the machine completely before
operation.
4.4.4 Stopping the machine
WARNING
• Do not stop the machine suddenly.
• Before stopping the machine, leave your-
self enough space so that you can leave
the machine easily.
1. Release the left and right travel control lev-

ers (or pedals) at the same time to stop the
machine.
2. The control levers or pedals will return to

neutral position (N) once they are released.
Fig.4-36

4.5 Machine turning

4.5.1 Machine turning
• Check the direction of the track frame be-

fore operating the travel control. If the
sprockets are in front of the cab, when the
travel controls are operated, machine
movement is opposite to that when machine
direction is normal.
• Avoid sudden change of direction. Stop the
machine before turning, especially for a piv-
ot turn.
4.5.2 Direction change when the machine is stopped
Left turn
• Push the right travel control lever, or press

the upper part of the right control pedal.
The machine turns left as the right side
track moves forward;
Fig.4-37
Right turn

• Pull the left travel control, or press the lower

part of the left control pedal. The machine
turns left as the left side track moves
backward.
Fig.4-38
Right turn
• Push the left travel control lever, or press

the upper part of the left control pedal. The
machine turns right as the left side track
moves forward;
Fig.4-39
• Pull the right travel control, or press the low-

er part of the right control pedal. The ma-
chine turns right as the right side track
moves backward.
Fig.4-40

4.5.3 Pivot turning
• Push the right travel control lever and pull

the left control lever at the same time;
Fig.4-41
Right turn
• Push the left travel control lever and pull the

right control lever at the same time;
Fig.4-42
4.6 Work Equipment Control
WARNING
• Operating the control levers while the en-
gine is idling may cause engine speed to
rise abruptly. Be careful with the operation
of control levers.
Work equipment is controlled with the left and

right joysticks.

The joysticks will return to the neutral position

once released, and the work equipment will
hold at the same time.
• Arm control
Move the LEFT joystick forward and back-
ward to control the movement of the arm.
Fig.4-43
• Swing control
Move the LEFT joystick to the left and right
to control the swing of upper structure.
Fig.4-44
• Boom control
Move the RIGHT joystick forward and back-
ward to control the movement of the boom.
Fig.4-45

• Bucket control
Move the RIGHT joystick to the left and
right to control the movement of the bucket.
When both joysticks are back to the neutral

position and no operation is performed within
five seconds, auto deceleration function will
be activated and engine speed will be lowered
to idling even if the fuel control dial is set to full
speed.
An accumulator is installed in the control cir- Fig.4-46

cuit of the machine. It enables the operator to
lower the work equipment to the ground even
if the engine has been stopped. Turn the start
switch to ON position and place the lockout
control to unlocked position within 15 seconds
after engine shutdown, move the joysticks to
lower the work equipment to ground.
This method can also be used to release the

residual pressure of hydraulic system, or to
lower the boom after the machine has been
loaded onto a trailer.
4.7 Restricted operations

4.7.1 Overview
WARNING
• Do not operate the joysticks while the machine is traveling. Stop the machine first before oper-
ating the joysticks.
• Operation of the control levers while the engine is idling may cause engine speed to increase
abruptly.

4.7.2 Operation with swinging force
Do not use the swinging force to compact the

ground or break objects. Doing this is danger-
ous. In addition, the service life of machine
would be reduced considerably.
Fig.4-47
4.7.3 Operation with traveling force
Do not cut your bucket into ground and use

the traveling force to excavate, which could
damage your machine or work equipment.
Fig.4-48

4.7.4 Permissible depth of water
When driving the machine out of water, an in-

clination of slope exceeding 15° will have the
rear of the upper structure immersed in water,
thus the fan could be damaged due to water.
Be extremely careful when driving the ma-

chine out of water.
Fig.4-49
• Do not drive your machine into water where

water level could reach the center of carrier
roller (1).
• Add grease to parts that have been soaked
long in water, till old grease is completely
squeezed out of the bearing (especially the
area around the pin of bucket).
• Do not operate your machine in water un-
less the foundation of worksite is strong
enough so that the level of water could not
reach the center of carrier roller. Fig.4-50
• If the swing bearing, swing gear and central
swing joint are soaked in water, the drain
plug should be opened to remove mud and
water. Clean the swinging area and reinstall
the plug. Lubricate the mesh gear and
swing bearing inside the swing unit.

4.7.5 Operation with bucket landing force
• Do not use the bucket's landing force for ex-

cavating, digging, breaking or pile-driving
operation, which may otherwise reduce the
service life of the machine considerably.
• To avoid damage of hydraulic cylinders, do
not use the bucket to strike or compact the
ground while its cylinder is fully extended or
retracted.
Fig.4-51
4.7.6 Hard rocky ground
Do not try to directly excavate hard rocky

ground. Perform excavation after breaking the
rocks through other means. By doing so,
damage to the machine could be minimized,
in addition to cost reduction.

4.7.7 Operation with machine weight
Do not use the weight of machine to

excavate.
Fig.4-52
4.7.8 Sudden shift of control levers/pedals
• Do not maneuver any control lever or pedal

abruptly to change the action of machine.
• Do not suddenly change the position of con-
trol lever or pedal from forward (A) to re-
verse (B), or vice versa.
• Do not stop the machine by suddenly re-
leasing the control lever or pedal while trav-
eling at high speed.
Fig.4-53

4.8 Permissible depth of water

When driving the machine out of water, an in-
clination of slope exceeding 15° will have the
rear of the upper structure immersed in water,
thus the fan could be damaged due to water.
Be extremely careful when driving the ma-

chine out of water.
Fig.4-54
• Do not drive the machine into water where

water level could reach the center of carrier
roller [1].
• Add grease to parts that have been soaked
long in water, till old grease is completely
squeezed out of the bearing (especially the
area around the pin of bucket).
• Do not operate the machine in water unless
the foundation of worksite is strong enough
so that the level of water could not reach
the center of carrier roller. Fig.4-55
• If the swing bearing, swing gear and central
swing joint are soaked in water, the drain
plug should be opened to remove mud and
water. Clean the swinging area and reinstall
the plug. Lubricate the mesh gear and
swing bearing inside the swing unit.

4.9 Traveling on a slope

4.9.1 Overview
Always operate or steer your machine prop-

erly as described below. In this way, you can
stop your machine safely at any time when it
skids or becomes unstable.
WARNING
• Turning the machine or operating work
equipment on a slope may cause the ma-
chine to loose balance and roll over. Such
operations should be avoided.
• It is very dangerous to swing a loaded Fig.4-56
bucket toward the downhill direction. If you
have to do this, build a platform on the
slope so that you can operate your ma-
chine on a level ground.
• Never travel on a steep slope or reverse
down a slope, which can possibly cause
your machine to roll over.
• Never turning your machine on a slope or
travel laterally on a slope. Always reposi-
tion your machine on a level ground. Level
ground may be a little far but can ensure Fig.4-57
your safety.
• If you are unable to drive your machine up
a slope due to skidding or weak force,
never attempt it using the pulling force of
arm.
• The engine will be insufficiently lubricated
on an incline over 30 degrees.
Fig.4-58

1.
• Keep your machine at low travel speed with
the travel control levers and fuel control dial
when you drive the machine downhill. When
you drive the machine down a slope over
15 degrees, adjust the work equipment to
an attitude as shown by the right illustration
and reduce engine speed.
• When driving the machine up a steep slope,
move the work equipment to the forward di-
Fig.4-59
rection. Keep the work equipment about 20-
30cm above the ground and travel at a low
speed.
4.9.2 Traveling downhill
Place the travel control levers to the neutral

position, which can make the brake function
automatically.
4.9.3 When engine stalls on a slope
If the engine stops while traveling on a slope,

place the travel control lever to its neutral po-
sition, lower the bucket to the ground and park
the machine before restarting the engine.
4.9.4 Cab door on a slope
• If the engine stalls out on a slope, do not perform swinging operation with the left joystick. The
upper turntable will swing naturally under its weight.
• When your machine is on a slope, do not open or close your cab door because it would cause
sudden change of force applied on the machine. Always secure the cab door in either open or
closed position.
4.10 Escaping from mud

4.10.1 Escaping from mud
Operate the machine carefully on muddy

ground and avoid being trapped in mud. If the

machine is trapped in mud, drive it out as per

the following instruction.
4.10.2 When one track is trapped
When the boom or arm is used to lift your ma-

chine, bucket bottom must contact ground,
and the boom and arm form an angle of 90-
110 degrees.
This also applies to a forward shovel.
When one of the tracks is trapped in mud,

push the bucket to lift the trapped track. Put
wood planks or log under the track in order to
drive the machine out of mud.
Fig.4-60
4.10.3 When both tracks are trapped
When both tracks are trapped in mud, insert

wood planks under the tracks using the meth-
od as described above and cut your bucket in-
to the ground in front of the machine.
Retract the arm as you do in normal excava-

tion and drive the machine out of mud.
Fig.4-61
4.11 Recommended application

4.11.1 Overview
Besides the following applications, the scope

of application could be expanded by using
various additional attachments.

4.11.2 Backhoe operation
The backhoe is suitable for digging of area be-

low the machine.
When your machine is in a state shown in the

right illustration, maximum digging force can 90°
be obtained through the thrusting force of
90°
each hydraulic cylinder.
Make use of this angle effectively to help you
CZ335-1103197
Fig.4-62
achieve the maximum working efficiency.

45° 30°
The digging range of arm is from 30 to 45°, as
relative to the machine.
The angle may vary according to digging

depth, but it is better to keep it within the
above range if possible. Do not operate the
hydraulic cylinders to their full stokes.
CZ335-1103198
Fig.4-63

4.11.3 Trenching work
• You can dig a trench efficiently by installing

a bucket suitable for this job and adjust your
tracks to parallel the to-be-dug trench line.
• When digging a wider trench, excavate first
both sides of the trench and then remove
the middle part.
• The travel motors should be in the rear dur-
ing longitudinal excavation. In this way, the
stability and lifting capability of your ma-
chine are maximized.
• In excavating operation, the track should be Fig.4-64
adjusted vertical to road shoulder or cliff,
with sprockets behind the cab, so that the
machine can retreat easily in case of an
emergency.
Fig.4-65
4.11.4 Loading operation
In a place where the swinging angle is small,

working efficiency can be improved by parking
the dump truck at where the operator could
see easily.
It is more convenient to load more material if

the truck is loaded from rear rather than from
its sides.
CZ335-1103200
Fig.4-66

4.12 Parking
WARNING
• Inadvertent of the control levers may cause
the machine to move suddenly and result
in serious accidents.
• Make sure the hydraulic lockout control is
placed in the locked position before leaving
the cab.
Always park your machine on a hard, level

ground that is free from hazards. If you have
to park your machine on a slope, chock the
tracks with blocks as shown by the illustration
on the right. You can also thrust the bucket
120°
tips into the ground as additional safety
measures.
CZ335-1102055
Fig.4-67
1. Place the travel control levers to neutral po-

sition to stop your machine.
N
CZ335-1103169
Fig.4-68

2. Turn the fuel control knob to a low idle

speed [MIN] position to reduce the engine
speed. MA
X
MIN
CC13031401
Fig.4-69
3. Lower down the bucket horizontally until its

bottom reaches the ground.
CZ335-1103207
Fig.4-70
4. Turn the safety lock control lever to the

“LOCK” position.
CC13031403
Fig.4-71

5. Check the engine coolant temperature (as

shown in the Figure) and the engine oil pres-
sure through the display.
• If the coolant thermometer is in the red
range, cool down the coolant until the nee-
dle reaches the yellow range, and then stop
the engine. C H
• If the alarm prompt is displayed on the dis-
play and abnormal engine oil pressure is
CC13050802-1
determined, stop the engine immediately.
Fig.4-72
6. Stop the engine.
4.13 Inspection after each workday

1. Inspect the machine and check the work
equipment, the exterior of machine, and the
undercarriage. Check for leaks of oil or cool-
ant. Repair it in case of any problem.
2. Refill the fuel tank to maximum level.
3. Check the engine compartment for any pa-

per or other debris. Remove them, if any, in
order to prevent fire.
4. Clean the mud on the undercarriage if any.
5. If the ambient temperature is below -35°C,

discharge the coolant in the radiator and en-
gine (Sany Heavy Machine uses the type of
anti-freeze liquid that freezes at -35°C).

4.14 Locking
Make sure the following parts are locked prop-
erly when the machine is not used. The igni-
tion key is used to lock and unlock all the
lockable components on the machine. 3
1. Cab door
4
2. Filler cap of fuel tank 5

7
3. Engine hood 1
4. Battery cover CZ335-1103208
5. Left access door Fig.4-73
6. Right access door
7. A/C fresh air cleaner cover

2
6
CZ335-1103209
Fig.4-74
4.15 Operation in cold weather

4.15.1 Overview
The engine may fails to start and the coolant

may freeze under low temperature. In this
case, the following instructions must be
followed.
4.15.2 Fuel and lubricant
Select fuel and lubricant with low viscosity for

all components when ambient temperature is
low.

For more information on viscosity, see "Rec-

ommended fuel, coolant and lubricant" on
page 5-15.
4.15.3 Coolant
WARNING
• Antifreeze is flammable. Keep it away from
fire. Do not smoke when handling
antifreeze.
• Antifreeze is toxic. Wash with plenty of
water and seek medical treatment immedi-
ately if antifreeze gets into your eyes or on
your skin.
• Never drain antifreeze directly into the
sewer or onto the ground.
Please use Sany genuine, efficient TEEC-L35

antifreeze as the coolant. Choosing any other
type of coolant is not recommended.
4.15.4 Battery
Battery capacity decreases as the ambient

temperature drops. Keep battery capacity at
100% level. Do not let the battery stay long
under low temperature so as to avoid the diffi-
culty in starting your machine.
Cover the battery or remove it from your ma-

chine when ambient temperature is low. Store
the battery in a warm place and reinstall it be-
fore operating the machine.
4.15.5 After each workday
When temperature is very low, mud and water

on the undercarriage may freeze at night,
which may make the machine hard to move
the next day. Observe the following
instructions:

• Remove all mud and water from your ma-

chine. Clean especially the piston rods of
hydraulic cylinders in order to prevent mud,
dirt or water from penetrating the cylinders
and spoiling the seals.
• Park your machine on a hard, level ground.
Park it on wood planks if possible, which
can prevent your machine from being fro-
zen unto the ground.
• Open the drain valve to discharge accumu-
lated water of the fuel system so as to pre-
vent it from freezing.
• Refill the fuel tank to tis maximum level to
reduce condensation in the tank when am-
bient temperature drops.
• After operation in water or mud, remove
water from the undercarriage as described
below in order to extend service life of the
undercarriage.
WARNING
• It is dangerous to run the track freely. Keep
a safe distance from the track.
• Run the engine at idle speed and swing the

upper structure 90º so that the work equip-
ment is at the track side.
• Lift one side of the tracks just off the ground
and make it run freely. Repeat the this for
both tracks.
4.15.6 After cold season
When the season changes and the weather

gets warm, perform the following operation:
• Change fuel and lubricant with that of speci-

fied viscosity.
For more information see "Recommended

fuel, coolant and lubricant" on page 5-15.

4.16 Long-term storage

4.16.1 Before storage
When the machine is stored (for more than 1

month), it shall be changed to the position as
shown in the right Figure to protect the cylin-
der piston rod and prevent it from rusting:
• Clean and flush all the parts, and then store

the machine indoors. If the machine has to
be stored outdoors, choose a flat ground
and cover the machine with canvas.
• Refill your fuel tank to its maximum level in
order to avoid accumulation of water. CZ335-1103211
• Lubricate your machine and change its oil

Fig.4-75
before storing it.
• Apply lubricating grease to the exposed part
of the piston rod of the hydraulic cylinder.
• Disconnect the negative terminal of the bat-
tery and reinstall its cover, or remove the
battery from your machine and store it in a
separate place.
• For machines equipped with accessories,
the accessory control pedal shall be turned
to a locking position.
• To prevent rusting, please use Sany’s genu-
ine TEEC-L35 anti-freeze.
4.16.2 During storage
WARNING
• When anti-rusting greasing operation is
performed indoors, proper ventilation shall
be provided to avoid gas poisoning.
• During storage, operate your machine and

drive it for a short distance once a month.
This can help apply a new oil film on parts
and components. Meanwhile, charge the
battery of your machine.

• Before operating the work equipment, wipe

off all the grease from the piston rod of hy-
draulic cylinder.
• If your machine is equipped with air condi-
tioner, switch on the air conditioner for 3-5
minutes once a month, which can lubricate
all parts of its compressor. The engine shall
run at low idle speed when air conditioner is
working. In addition, check its refrigerant
twice a year.
4.16.3 After storage
If your machine has been stored for a long pe-

riod but no rusting prevention had been made
each month, contact authorized Sany distribu-
tors before operating the machine again. Be-
fore operating the machine again after a long-
term storage, observe the following
instructions:
• Wipe off the grease from the piston rod of

hydraulic cylinder.
• Apply lubricant or grease to all necessary
locations.
• Water in the air can mix with oils of the ma-
chine when it has been stored for a long
time. Check the oils before and after start-
ing the engine. Replace the oil if necessary.
4.16.4 Engine startup after long-term storage
Before starting the engine of your machine

that has been stored for a long period of time,
it is important to fully preheat your machine.
For more information see "Warm-up opera-

tion" on page 4-26.

4.17 Transportation information

4.17.1 Transportation information
Transportation of this machine must be in ac-

cordance with related laws and regulations.
Make sure the transportation is safe.
4.17.2 Transport methods
• Choose a method that is suitable for the

weight and dimensions provided in "Specifi-
cation" section.
• The weight and dimensions provided in the
Specifications section may vary due to dif-
ferent type of track shoe, arm or other addi-
tional equipment.
• For transport of machines installed with cab
protective structure, contact your Sany dis-
tributor for more information.

4.17.3 Loading and unloading
4.17.3.1 Overview
The following instructions must be followed

when loading/unloading the machine to/from
a trailer.
• Use an access ramp with enough width,

length, thickness and strength. The maxi-
mum loading and unloading angle of the
ramp must not exceed 15 degrees.
• When piling the earth to build a platform,
the platform must be fully compacted to pre-
vent landslide.
• To prevent the machine from skidding on Fig.4-76
the ramp, clean its track shoes and the
ramp before loading and unloading.
• The machine is likely to skid when the ac-
cess ramp is contaminated with water,
snow, grease or ice.
Fig.4-77

4.17.3.2 Loading
1. It can only be loaded and unloaded on a

solid and flat ground. Keep a safe distance
from the roadside.
2. Apply a brake to the trailer and place a

cushion block [1] under the tyre to prevent the
trailer from moving. 2
• Place the left and right access boards [2] to
make them parallel to each other and equal 1
4
to the left and right spacing of the trailer 3
center [3]. The maximum installation Angle CZ335-1103229

[4] will be 15°. If the access board is bent
Fig.4-78
significantly under the weight of the ma-
chine, place a cushion block under the ac-
cess board to prevent the access board
from bending.
3. Switch the traveling speed to the low speed

status by pressing down the function key of
the display, and disable the automatic idle MA
speed. X
MIN
4. Turn the fuel control knob to the [MIN] posi-

tion, and set the engine speed to low idle
speed.
WARNING
CC13031401
• When driving the machine up or down the
trailer, the automatic idle function shall be Fig.4-79
canceled. If the automatic idle speed func-
tion is enabled, the speed of the engine will
change dramatically.
trailer, the traveling speed shall be kept in
the “Low Speed” mode. Do not switch the
traveling speed randomly.

5. If the machine is equipped with the work

equipment, place the work equipment in the
front part, and drive the machine forwards to
the access board. If there is no work equip-
ment, drive the machine backwards to the ac-
90°-11 0°
cess board.
Support the bucket onto the trailer immedi-

ately after the machine is driven on the access
board.
CZ335-1103231
Especially in case of backward traveling, be
sure to follow the instructions and signals of Fig.4-80
the commander.
WARNING
• Do not adjust direction on the access
board, otherwise, the machine will turn
over.
• Do not operate any control lever other than
the travel lever on the access board.
• If needed, drive the machine to the ground
away from the access board or back to the
CZ335-1103232
trailer before direction adjustment.
Fig.4-81
6. Ensure that the machine is in a straight line

with the access board and the centerline of
the machine corresponds to that of the trailer
before the machine is driven on the access
board.
Slowly drive the machine in the direction of

the access board.
Lower down the work equipment as much as

possible provided no impact is made.

7. Drive the machine slowly forwards until all

the tracks are located on the trailer and firmly
contact with the flat plate.
8. When the machine is passing the rear

wheel of the trailer, the machine will lean for-
ward. Be slow and careful, and do not make
the work equipment touch the trailer body.
9. Slightly lift the bucket, retract the arm and

keep it in the lower part, and then slowly rotate
CZ335-1103233
the upper structure by 180°.
Fig.4-82
10.Fully extend the bucket cylinder and arm
cylinder, and then slowly lower down the
boom.
11.Place a wooden cushion block on one end

of the bucket cylinder to prevent it from touch-
ing the baseplate and damaging the cylinder.
CZ335-1102060
Fig.4-83
4.17.3.3 Securing the machine
• Place a wood block under the end of the

bucket linkage to prevent the bucket cylin-
der from touching the trailer floor.
• Locked the engine hood. Unlocked engine
hood may swing open during transit.
Secure the machine to the trailer according to

the following steps:
1. Fully extend the bucket cylinder and arm

cylinder, and slowly lower the boom.
Fig.4-84


LOCKED position.
3. Stop the engine and remove the key from

the start switch.
4. Close all doors, windows and covers prop-

erly. Lock the covers, caps and doors.
Fig.4-85
1. 5. Chock the tracks on both ends in order to

prevent the machine from moving during
transportation. Tie down the machine with
chains or wire ropes with sufficient strength.
Care must be taken to keep the machine in a

proper position to ensure that the machine will
not slip sideways.
Fig.4-86
Rear view mirror
The rear view mirror is located in the position

When the rear view mirrors have to be re-

moved and installed afterwards for transporta-
tion purpose, follow the instructions below:
Removal
1. Loosen bolt [2] and remove the rear view

mirror [1] from the bar [3].
2. Loosen bolt [4] and remove the bar [3] and

the clamp [5].
Fig.4-87

Installation
1. Install the bar [3] and the clamp [5] to the

hand hold, and tighten bolt [4].
2. Install the rear view mirror [1] to the bar [3],

and tighten the bolt [2].
Note:
The rear view mirror must be readjusted after

installation. For more information see "Rear
view mirrors" on page 4-19.
Fig.4-88
4.17.3.4 Unloading
1. The machine can only be loaded and un-

loaded on a solid and flat ground. Keep a safe
distance from the roadside.
2. Apply a brake to the trailer and place a

cushion block [1] under the tyre to prevent the
trailer from moving. 2
• Place the left and right access boards [2] to
make them parallel to each other and equal 1
4
to the left and right spacing of the trailer 3
center [3]. The maximum installation Angle CZ335-1103229

[4] will be 15°. If the access board is bent
Fig.4-89
significantly under the weight of the ma-
chine, place a cushion block under the ac-
cess board.
3. Remove iron chains and wire ropes for fas-

tening the machine.
4. Start the engine, and fully warm it up.
5. Turn the safety lock control lever to the “UN-

LOCK” position.
CC13031404
6. Switch the traveling speed to the low speed
status by pressing down the function key of Fig.4-90
the display, and disable the automatic idle
speed.

WARNING
trailer, the automatic idle function shall be
canceled. If the automatic idle speed func-
tion is enabled, the speed of the engine will
change dramatically.
trailer, the traveling speed shall be kept in
the “Low Speed” mode. Do not switch the
traveling speed randomly.
7. Turn the fuel control knob to the [MIN] posi-

tion, and set the engine speed to low idle
speed. MA
X
MIN
CC13031401
Fig.4-91
8. Lift the work equipment, retract the arm

back to the lower part of the boom, and slowly
start the machine.
9. When driving the machine to the top of the

rear wheel of the trailer, stop it.
CZ335-1103242
Fig.4-92

NOTE：
• When unloading machine, the angle be-
tween the arm and the boom shall be
90~110°.
• The machine will be damaged if it is un-
90°-110°
loaded when the bucket is retracted.
• Do not insert the bucket into the ground and
the machine is driven onto the access board.
This will damage the hydraulic cylinder.
CZ335-1103243
Fig.4-93
10.When driving the machine onto the access

board, adjust the angle between the arm and
the boom to 90~110 °, lower down the bucket
to the ground, and slowly move the machine.
11.When driving the machine away from the

access board, slowly operate the boom and
the bucket, and drive down carefully until the
machine is completely away from the access
board.
CZ335-1103244
Fig.4-94
4.17.3.5 Lifting the machine
• Only eligible, experienced operator with official license (as per local laws) is allowed to operate
a crane.
• Do not lift the machine when someone is riding on it.
• Nobody shall be allowed to enter the area below or around the lifted machine.
• Make sure that the wire ropes used for lifting are strong enough to bear the weight of machine.
Never use damaged or aged wire cable or sling.
• Do not lift the machine when its upper structure is sideways. Swing the work equipment to the
side of sprocket before lifting. The longitudinal centerline of undercarriage must be parallel to
that of upper structure.
• Before lifting, place the hydraulic lockout control in the locked position to prevent unexpected
movement of the machine.
• Keep the machine horizontal during lifting.

• Do not lift the machine at a fast speed, which may otherwise overload the wire cables or slings
and result in rupture.
• Besides the attitude described below, no other attitudes shall be employed to lift the machine or
no hoisting equipment other than those specified below is used. Otherwise the machine is possi-
ble to loose balance.
Lifting instructions
Refer to the following table to choose and use proper wire ropes.
Wire ropes
Use proper wire ropes according to the weight of the load
Table 4–1
Wire Ropes
(Z or S laid wire cable, ungalvanized)
Diameter Allowable Load
mm kN t
10 9.8 1.0
11.5 13.7 1.4
12.5 15.7 1.6
14 21.6 2.2
16 27.5 2.8
18 35.5 3.6
20 43.1 4.4
22.4 54.9 5.6
30 98.1 10.0
40 176.5 18.0
50 274.6 28
60 392.2 40
NOTE: The lifting method may vary according

to the attachment or optional equipment in-
stalled on the machine. For a suitable lift
method please contact your Sany distributor.
When lifting the machine, operate on a level

ground according to the following steps.
Standard machine

WARNING
• A wire rope closing to hook tip may slip off
the hook during lifting and cause severe
accident. The strongest part lies in the mid-
dle of hook.
• Do not lift if the wire rope and hook form a
larger suspension angle. If two or more
wire ropes are used for lifting an object, the
bearing capacity of each rope increases
with the suspension angle.
• Using a single rope may lead to revolving
load during lifting. A loosened rope or a
rope slipping away from the original posi-
tion can cause dangerous accident.
1. Start the engine and swing the upper struc-

ture to position the work equipment at the side
of the sprockets [1].
2. Fully extend the bucket cylinder and the

arm cylinder, and lower the work equipment to
the ground, as shown in the right illustration.
Fig.4-95
3. Move the hydraulic lockout control to

LOCKED position.
4. Shut off the engine. Check the surrounding

of the cab before leaving the machine. Close
the cab door and windows properly.
Fig.4-96

5. Run a wire rope between the first two track

rollers and between the last two track rollers.
For machines installed with roller guard, the
cable shall go through under the tracks.
6. Adjust the wire rope lifting angle [A] to 30 -

40º, and lift the machine slowly.
7. When the machine is above the ground,

make sure that the hook condition and the lift-
ing condition are normal, and lift the machine
slowly.
Fig.4-97


SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Maintenance
Maintenance
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Maintenance information......................................................................................................5-5
5.2 Oil, fuel and coolant ..............................................................................................................5-7
5.2.1 Oil ..................................................................................................................................5-7
5.2.2 Fuel ...............................................................................................................................5-8
5.2.3 Coolant .........................................................................................................................5-8
5.2.4 Grease ..........................................................................................................................5-9
5.2.5 Oil and fuel storage.....................................................................................................5-9
5.2.6 Filter element ............................................................................................................ 5-10
5.2.7 Electrical system ...................................................................................................... 5-10
5.3 Wear Parts ......................................................................................................................... 5-10
5.4 recommended fuel, coolant and lubricant .......................................................................5-11
5.4.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................5-11
5.4.2 Table of recommended fuel, oil and coolant......................................................... 5-13
5.4.3 Table of capacities ................................................................................................... 5-15
5.5 Tightening torque table...................................................................................................... 5-15
5.5.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 5-15
5.5.2 Table of bolt tightening torques .............................................................................. 5-15
5.5.3 Table of hydraulic hose tightening torques ........................................................... 5-16
5.6 Safety-related parts ........................................................................................................... 5-16
5.7 Maintenance procedures .................................................................................................. 5-17
5.7.1 Maintenance Schedule............................................................................................ 5-17
5.7.2 Initial 50 hours of operation .................................................................................... 5-19
5.7.3 When required .......................................................................................................... 5-19
5.7.3.1 Track shoe bolts - inspect/tighten................................................................... 5-19
5.7.3.2 Track tension - inspect/adjust ......................................................................... 5-20
5.7.3.3 Bucket - replace ................................................................................................ 5-23
5.7.3.4 Bucket tips (lateral pin) - replace .................................................................... 5-25
5.7.3.5 Bucket clearance - adjust ................................................................................ 5-26

Maintenance SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
5.7.3.6 Window washer fluid level - check/refill ......................................................... 5-27

5.7.3.7 Air conditioner - inspect/service...................................................................... 5-28
5.7.3.8 Ceiling window gas spring - inspect ............................................................... 5-30
5.7.4 Inspection Prior to Startup ...................................................................................... 5-32
5.7.5 Every 100 service hours.......................................................................................... 5-32
5.7.5.1 Lubrication ......................................................................................................... 5-32
5.7.6.1 Air filter element - inspect/clean/ replace ...................................................... 5-36
5.7.6.2 Compressor belt tension - inspect/adjust ...................................................... 5-40
5.7.6.3 Swing bearing - lubricate ................................................................................. 5-41
5.7.6.4 Pipe clamps of hydraulic system - check ...................................................... 5-41
5.7.7.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 5-42
5.7.7.2 Swing pinion gear grease level - inspect/fill .................................................. 5-42
5.7.7.3 Engine pan oil and filter element - change/replace...................................... 5-43
5.7.7.4 Primary fuel filter element - replace ............................................................... 5-45
5.7.7.5 Secondary fuel filter element - replace .......................................................... 5-48
5.7.7.6 Radiator and oil cooler fins - inspect/clean ................................................... 5-51
5.7.7.7 Air conditioner fresh air/recirculation filter - clean ........................................ 5-53
5.7.7.8 Swing drive oil level - check/refill.................................................................... 5-55
5.7.7.9 Final drive oil level - check/refill ...................................................................... 5-56
5.7.7.10 Engine coolant pump (fan shaft) - lubricate ................................................ 5-57
5.7.8 Every 1000 service hours ....................................................................................... 5-57
5.7.8.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 5-57
5.7.8.2 Hydraulic oil return filter element / oil drain filter element/pilot filter ele-
ment- replace ............................................................................................ 5-58
5.7.8.3 Swing drive oil - change................................................................................... 5-60
5.7.8.4 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check ............................................................. 5-61
5.7.8.5 Fan belt tension - check/replace..................................................................... 5-61
5.7.8.6 Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (breaker) - check ................................... 5-61
5.7.8.7 Breather valve - check/replace ....................................................................... 5-61
5.7.8.8 Filling lubricating grease of Rotary Reduction Gear .................................... 5-62
5.7.9 Every 2000 service hours ....................................................................................... 5-63
5.7.9.1 Every 2000 service hours ................................................................................ 5-63
5.7.9.2 Final drive oil - change ..................................................................................... 5-63
5.7.9.3 Hydraulic oil suction filter element – clean/replace...................................... 5-64
5.7.9.4 Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (control oil circuit) - check .................... 5-65
5.7.9.5 Cooling system interior - clean........................................................................ 5-68
5.7.9.6 Alternator - inspect............................................................................................ 5-69
5.7.9.7 Engine valve clearance - check/ adjust ......................................................... 5-70
5.7.10 Every 4000 service hours ..................................................................................... 5-70
5.7.10.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-70

5.7.10.2 Water pump - inspect ..................................................................................... 5-70
5.7.10.3 Start motor - check ......................................................................................... 5-70
5.7.10.4 Oil in hydraulic tank - change........................................................................ 5-71
5.7.10.5 Accumulator - replace .................................................................................... 5-72
5.7.10.6 High-pressure tube clamps and rubber - check ......................................... 5-73
5.7.10.7 Compressor working condition - inspect ..................................................... 5-73
5.7.11 Every 8000 service hours ..................................................................................... 5-74
5.7.11.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-74
5.7.11.2 High-pressure tube clamps - replace ........................................................... 5-74
5.7.12 Every 10000 service hours ................................................................................... 5-74

WARNING

5.Maintenance
5.1 Maintenance information
Never conduct any inspection and maintenance work other than the scope specified in this
manual.
Service hour meter reading
Check the service hour meter reading on a daily basis and determine whether the machine re-
quires the specified maintenance .
Genuine Sany parts
Always use genuine Sany replacement parts listed in the Parts Manual.
Genuine Sany lubricants
Always use genuine Sany oil and grease. Select oil and grease of suitable viscosity according to
ambient temperature.
Window washer fluid
Use automotive windshield washer fluids only. Make sure it is not contaminated by foreign
substances.
Using clean lubricants
Always use clean oil and grease and keep the container clean. Keep oil and grease free of any
impurities.
Checking the drained oil and used filter elements
After oil change and filter element replacement, check the used oil and filter element for signs of
metal particles and foreign material. If large amount of metal particles and/or impurities are ob-
served in the used oil and filter element, take immediate action or inform your boss in time.
Fuel strainer
If a fuel strainer is equipped in the fuel tank filler opening, do not remove it when filling the tank.
Welding instruction
• Disconnect the negative (-) post of the battery one(1) minute after turning off the start switch.
• Connect grounding cable in a place where is more than 1 meter from the welding location. The
meters and gauges will fail if the grounding cable is connected to the instrument, connectors or
other attachments.
• If any sealing part or bearing is present between the welding location and the grounding point,
change the grounding point to avoid such parts .

• Never use a grounding point in the vicinity of the work equipment pin or hydraulic cylinder.
• Never apply more than 200V continuously.
Preventing things from falling into machine
• When opening the access window or tank filler for inspection, make sure that the nuts, bolts or
tools are not left inside the machine. Failure to do so may result in unexpected failure or damage
to the machine, or accidents. In case that any materials fall into the machine, remove it
immediately.
• Do not carry unnecessary items in your pockets except those necessary for inspection.
Dusty work site
Observe the following items before working in a dusty place.
• When inspecting the machine or changing the oil, park the machine in a dust-free place in order
to prevent dust from getting into the oil.
• Clean the air filter cartridge immediately if the filter's alarm indicates clogging.
• Clean the fins and other heat exchanger parts frequently to avoid them being clogged.
• Clean and replace the fuel filter frequently
• Clean the electrical components, especially the start motor and the alternator, to prevent dust
from building up on them.
Lubricants of different brands
Never mix lubricants of different brands and/or grades together. If you need to use the lubricant of
another brand or grade, drain the old lubricant completely and replace with the new brand.
Securing access cover
When servicing the machine with the access covers open, use a locking lever to secure the cover
to certain position. Otherwise, the cover can be swung close by wind and cause bodily injury.
Purging air from hydraulic system
When any hydraulic units have been repaired or replaced or any hydraulic lines have been re-
moved or installed, always bleed the air from the system.
Connecting hydraulic hoses
• In removal of parts with O-rings or gaskets, clean the installation surfaces and replace with new
parts. Remember to install the O-rings or gaskets.
• Do not twist or bend the hydraulic hoses when assembling. Failure to do so could cause damage
to the hoses and considerably reduce their service life.
After inspection and maintenance

If no checks have been made after inspection and maintenance, unexpected failure may occur,
causing severe injury or damage. The following items must be observed:
• Checks when machine is running

• For more information, see "Maintenance with engine running" on page 2-70.
• Whether the checked or maintained parts work normally.
• Whether oil leakage occurs when the engine speed increases and the oil is under pressure.
• Checks after the operation (when the engine has been shut down)
• Whether you have missed the items to be checked or maintained.
• Whether all the checks and maintenance have been performed correctly.
• Whether any tools and parts are left in the machine. It is very dangerous to have a foreign object
blocked in the linkage.
• Whether leakage of water or oil occurs; whether all the bolts have been screwed tightly.
Closing engine hood properly
When the engine hood is closed after inspection and maintenance, hold the lever and lift the en-
gine hood slightly in order to check whether the lock is securely engaged. An unlocked hood may
be opened and cause accidents.
5.2 Oil, fuel and coolant

5.2.1 Oil
• The oils in engine and hydraulic units keep deteriorating when operating your machine under ex-
treme conditions, such as high pressure and high temperature.
• Always use recommended type of oil which shall also be applicable under extreme ambient
temperatures.
• Within the specified oil change interval, the oil must be changed even if it is not dirty.
• Lubricant shall be handled carefully in order to prevent impurities such as water, metal particles
and dust.
• Most of the machine’s failures are caused by the ingress of foreign matters. During storing or fill-
ing oil, special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign matter from getting into the oil.
• Fill the amount of oil as specified. Failure to do so could result in abnormality.
• Do not mix different grades or brands of oil.
• Contact your Sany distributor when the oil in your work equipment has been contaminated by
water or air.
• To know the condition of your machine, regular oil quality analysis is recommended. Contact
your Sany distributor if you need such service.
• In replacement of machine oil filter element, acceptable clean oil shall be filled into the new filter
element prior to installation.
• Please use the oils approved by Sany.
• Do not use the hydraulic oil that has not been approved by Sany, which can block filter cartridge.
• Remove the remaining oil as much as possible from the lines and cylinders when changing the
hydraulic oil. A small amount of different residual is acceptable.
5.2.2 Fuel
• To prevent the moisture in air from condensing in the fuel tank, the tank must be fully refueled
after each workday
• The fuel injection pump is a precise component, which may not work normally if the fuel contains
water or other foreign substances.
• The sediment and water in the fuel tank must be drained before starting the engine or after 10
minutes since injection of oil.
• Flush the fuel tank and the fuel system in case of any impurities found in the fuel tank.
• The air in fuel path must be eliminated in case that the engine runs out of fuel or the filter car-
tridge has been replaced.
• Always use the type of fuel specified in the "Maintenance Section."
– The fuel can freeze below the specified temperature (especially lower than -15℃ (5 ℉ )).
– When the fuel is used above the specified temperature, its viscosity and output power will de-
crease .
• Pay special attention to prevention of impurities when storing or refilling the fuel.
NOTE:
Always use diesel fuel as the fuel.
To ensure favorable consumption and exhaust of the fuel, the engine installed to your machine
uses high-pressure oil injection until with mechanical control. The unit contains high-precision
components that require high-quality lubrication. Therefore, the use of low-viscosity fuel with low
lubricating capability will considerably reduce the service life of the unit.
5.2.3 Coolant
• The coolant is an important fluid against corrosion and freezing.

Anti-freezing coolant is also necessary in regions where freezing prevention is unnecessary.
• Sany recommends TEEC-L35 antifreeze. This antifreeze has a concentration of 50% and needs
no dilution. TEEC-L35 antifreeze has excellent performance in anticorrosion, antifreezing and
cooling, and can last for one year or 2000 hours.
Sany does not recommend you using coolants other than TEEC-L35 antifreeze. The use of oth-
er coolants is possible to cause serious problems, such as corrosion of the light metal parts of
the engine and cooling system.
• If you buy antifreeze from the market, make sure that the antifreeze's concentration is within the
range 30-68% in order to ensure its performance against corrosion.

• The ratio of mixing antifreeze with water is determined by the minimum ambient temperature, as
shown in the following table.
Water-antifreeze mixing ratio
Min. °C -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40

tempera °F
14 5 -4 -13 -22 -31 -40
ture
Mixing ratio (%) 30 36 41 46 50 54 58
Table 5-1
NOTE:
• Use distilled water or tap water (softened water) to dilute anti-freezing coolant.
• Natural water, such as river water and well water (hard water), contains large amount of minerals
(calcium, magnesium, etc.), which can easily scale in the engine and radiator. The scale is
hardly removed once formed in the engine and radiator. Overheat can occur due to unfavorable
heat exchange.
5.2.4 Grease
• Grease is used to prevent distortion and noise of joints.

• It is necessary to add grease to any component that appears inflexible or noisy after operation
for a long period.
• Always use the recommended greases. Select the grease according to change interval and am-
bient temperature recommended in this manual.
• Wipe off the used grease that has been squeezed out when greasing. Make sure to wipe off the
used grease that has been contaminated by sand or debris, which can otherwise lead to wear of
rotating components.
5.2.5 Oil and fuel storage
• Store the oils and fuel indoors in order to keep them free from water, dust and other foreign
substances.
• To store the barrel of oil or fuel for a long period, it is necessary to place the barrel with its open-
ing facing the side in order to prevent intake of moisture. If you have to place the barrels out-
doors, cover them properly with waterproof canvas or take other protective measures.
• To prevent deterioration of oil or fuel during long-term storage, use the oil or fuel that has been
stored earlier than others.

5.2.6 Filter element
• Filter element is extremely important for safety. It can prevent failures by keeping important devi-
ces free from impurities coming from oil path or air path.
All filter elements must be replaced regularly.
When operating in severe conditions, the filter elements shall be replaced more frequently ac-
cording to the sulfur content in lubricant and fuel.
• In replacement of filter element, check the element for attached metal particles. Contact your
Sany distributor if metal particles are found.
• Do not unpack the filter element when it is not used.
• Always use genuine Sany filter elements.
5.2.7 Electrical system
• Humid electrical devices or damaged wire can cause short circuit and machine failure. Do not
flush the interior of your cab with water. When flushing your machine, be careful with water,
which shall not penetrate into the electrical components.
• Electrical system maintenance correlates to checking the tension, damage or wear of fan belt.
• Do not install any other electrical components except those specified by Sany.
• External electromagnetic interference can cause failure of system controller. Contact your Sany
distributor before installing radio receiver or other wireless devices.
• Operating on beach requires cleaning the electrical system thoroughly in order to prevent
corrosion.
• When installing an electrical device, connect it to dedicated power source. Do not connect other
power sources to the fuse, start switch or battery relay.
5.3 Wear Parts
• Wear parts, such as filter element, bucket tips, etc. are to be replaced at the time of periodic
maintenance or before their abrasion limits.
• The wear parts shall be changed correctly in order to use the machine economically.
• For part change, Sany genuine parts of excellent quality shall be used.
• When ordering parts, please check the part number in the parts book.
Item Part No. Part name Quantity Replacement Interval

Engine oil
B222100000400 Filter element 1 Every 500 service hours
filter
Fuel filter
60249072 Filter element 1
(Primary)
Every 500 h
Fuel filter
(Secondary)

Item Part No. Part name Quantity Replacement Interval

Fuel filter
(Thirdly)
Air cleaner
B222100000641 Safety filter element 1
(Main) Cleaned 6 times or every
Air cleaner 12 months
B222100000640 Safety filter element 1
(Safety)
Pilot filter Every 1000 service
A222100000119 Filter element 1
element hours
Filter
element, Every 1000 service
breather hours
valve
Oil drain
Every 1000 service
filter 60210417 Filter element 1
hours
element
Filter, hy- 23003559 Return filter element 1 2000 hours
draulic oil 60274030 Suction filter element 1 2000 hours
Filter, air B222100000660 Fresh air filter 1
Every 6 months
conditioner B222100000711 Recirculation filter 1
60116437 Bucket tips 5
12827269 Side cutters 2
Rockwork 13087282 Pins 5
and 13087283 Snap spring 5 —
earthwork A210110000424 Bolts 10
60013102 Washers 10
A210307000078 Nuts 10
5.4 recommended fuel, coolant and lubricant

5.4.1 Overview
• Unless specified otherwise, your machine contains the following oils and coolants when deliv-
ered from the factory.

Table 5–1
Item Type
Engine Oil Pan Caltex CI-4 15W-30
Swing Drive
Gear oil 85W/140
Final Drive
Hydraulic System Caltex HDZ46/HDZ46- Ⅱ
Radiator TEEC-L35 antifreeze
• To keep your machine at the maximum state for a long period of time, it is necessary follow the
oil instructions described in this manual. Failure to do so can cause overwear and service life re-
duction of the engine, power train, cooling system and other components.
• The additives available in market could benefit your machine, but they could impair your ma-
chine as well. We do not recommend any lubricant additives.
• The specific capacity refers to the overall oil volume in tanks and lines. Supplementary volume
refers to the amount of oil used to make up the system in inspection and maintenance.
• The use of multigrade oils is strongly recommended when starting the engine at temperatures
below 0°C (32°F), even if the daytime temperatures rises above 0°C (32°F).
• Use the recommended oils according the ambient temperatures given in the following table.

5.4.2 Table of recommended fuel, oil and coolant
NOTE: The HTHS (high-temperature high-shear viscosity at 150° C) required by ASTM D4741
must be equal to or more than 3.5 mPa-S. Sany recommends use of Caltex15W-40 engine oil.
Recommended oils:
1. Engine oil

Select the oil of proper viscosity according to

the temperature range given in the oil change
schedule.
Egine oil grade: Above API CI-4
Recommended engine oil brand and type:

Caltex CI-4 15W-40
2. Gear oil
Sany recommends using gear oil API GL-5.
• When low sulfur content fuel is used, its cloud point shall at least be lower than the expected fuel
temperature by 10°C. Cloud point is the temperature under which waxy crystal begins to form in
diesel fuel.
• Commercially universal diesel fuel brand contains sulfur less than 0.2%.
• Keep the fuel clean during refilling. The fuel shall be free from water and impurities.
3. Hydraulic oil
The hydraulic system uses ISO VG46 HV hy-

draulic oil, sany recommended using Caltex
HDZ46 hydraulic oil (code B420106000036)

or HDZ46- Ⅱ (code 60272633) .
When ambient temperature is lower than 0°C, temperature of hydraulic oil must be increased to
ensure safety of the hydraulic system.
• Start the engine. Increase engine speed to 1000-1200 rpm after seven to ten minutes. Do not per-
form any operation. Run the engine unloaded for 30 to 40 minutes, or more so as to heat up the
hydraulic oil. The temperature of hydraulic oil should be more than 20°C.
• Normal operation can be performed after the above heat-up operation. The heat-up time depends
on ambient temperature. In normal construction operation the joysticks and pedal valves shall be
operated slowly. Pay close attention to the system's operating condition. Hydraulic components
could be damaged when temperature of hydraulic oil is lower than 20°C during operation.
• Choose suitable hydraulic oil according to working condition of the machine. We have pre-filled
the machine with suitable brand of hydraulic oil before delivery. It is user's responsibility to change
the oil after delivery of the machine. You may consult our aftersale service persons to obtain the
correct specifications and brands.

5.4.3 Table of capacities
Engine Swing Final Hydraulic Cooling

Specific capacity Fuel Tank
Oil Pan* Drive Drive System System
L 38 10.5 2×8.5 380 12.1 690
SY385H
US gal 10 2.8 2×2.3 100.4 3.2 184
5.5 Tightening torque table

5.5.1 Overview
• Nuts, bolts or other parts not tightened to specific torque values may lead to loose or damaged
parts, resulting in machine failure and operating troubles.
• Special attention shall be paid when tightening parts.
Unless specified otherwise, the metric nuts and bolts shall be tightened to the values given in the
following table.
In replacement of the bolts or nuts, use Sany genuine parts of equivalent size.
5.5.2 Table of bolt tightening torques

5.5.3 Table of hydraulic hose tightening torques
5.6 Safety-related parts
• To ensure safety when operating or driving the machine, the user of the machine shall carry out
regular maintenance. In addition, the user shall also replace the parts listed in the table in order
to further improve safety condition. These parts are closely related to safety and fire prevention.
• Safety-related parts may easily wear or deteriorate due to material change as time passes and it
is hard to judge their conditions through regular maintenance. These parts shall be replaced as
scheduled regardless of their conditions, which can effectively guarantee the functions of these
parts.
• If these parts show signs of abnormality before its scheduled replacement, they must be re-
paired or replaced immediately.

• If the hose clamps show any deterioration, such as deforming or cracking, replace the clamps at
the same time as the hoses.
• O-rings, gaskets and other such parts shall also be replaced when replacing hoses.
• ●● Consult your Sany distributor to replace the Safety-related parts.
5.7 Maintenance procedures

5.7.1 Maintenance Schedule
Standard calendar or service hours should be used as the criteria for inspection and maintenance
intervals, which ever occurs first.
If your machine is equipped with hydraulic breaker, the maintenance schedule for some parts may
vary. For more information and proper maintenance see "Hydraulic oil and filter - change/ replace"
on page 8-15.

Maintenance Schedule
Initial 50-hour maintenance (after the first 50 hours only)
Maintenance as demanded
Track shoe bolts - inspect/tighten .............................................................................................. 5-19
Track tension - inspect/adjust .................................................................................................... 5-20
Bucket - replace ......................................................................................................................... 5-23
Bucket tips (lateral pin) - replace ............................................................................................... 5-25
Bucket clearance - adjust........................................................................................................... 5-26
Window washer fluid level - check/refill ..................................................................................... 5-27
Air conditioner - inspect/service ................................................................................................. 5-28
Ceiling window gas spring - inspect........................................................................................... 5-30
Maintenance after every 100 h
Lubrication.................................................................................................................................. 5-32
Air filter element - inspect/clean/ replace................................................................................... 5-36
Compressor belt tension - inspect/adjust................................................................................... 5-40
Swing bearing - lubricate ........................................................................................................... 5-41
Pipe clamps of hydraulic system - check ................................................................................... 5-41
Swing pinion gear grease level - inspect/fill............................................................................... 5-42
Engine pan oil and filter element - change/replace.................................................................... 5-43
Primary fuel filter element - replace ........................................................................................... 5-45
Air conditioner fresh air/recirculation filter - clean...................................................................... 5-53
Swing drive oil level - check/refill ............................................................................................... 5-55
Final drive oil level - check/refill ................................................................................................. 5-56
Engine coolant pump (fan shaft) - lubricate ............................................................................... 5-57
Hydraulic oil return filter element / oil drain filter element/pilot filter element- replace .............. 5-58
Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check ......................................................................................... 5-61
Fan belt tension - check/replace ................................................................................................ 5-61
Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (breaker) - check ................................................................. 5-61
Breather valve - check/replace .................................................................................................. 5-61
Filling lubricating grease of Rotary Reduction Gear .................................................................. 5-62
Final drive oil - change ............................................................................................................... 5-63

Hydraulic oil suction filter element – clean/replace.................................................................... 5-64

Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (control oil circuit) - check.................................................... 5-65
Cooling system interior - clean................................................................................................... 5-68
Alternator - inspect ..................................................................................................................... 5-69
Engine valve clearance - check/ adjust ..................................................................................... 5-70
Water pump - inspect ................................................................................................................. 5-70
Start motor - check..................................................................................................................... 5-70
Oil in hydraulic tank - change..................................................................................................... 5-71
Accumulator - replace ................................................................................................................ 5-72
High-pressure tube clamps and rubber - check......................................................................... 5-73
Compressor working condition - inspect.................................................................................... 5-73
High-pressure tube clamps - replace......................................................................................... 5-74
5.7.2 Initial 50 hours of operation
Always prepare your machine as required and lock out/tag out your machine before proceeding.
See “Engine shutdown procedure” on page 2-67 and “Lock out and tag out” on page 2-68.
• Change engine oil and replace oil filter element. For details see "Engine pan oil and filter ele-
ment - change/replace" on page 5-55.
5.7.3 When required
5.7.3.1 Track shoe bolts - inspect/tighten
If the machine is used with loose track shoe

bolts (1), the bolts may break. Tighten the any
loose bolts immediately.
Always prepare your machine as required

and lock/tag it out before proceeding. See
“Engine shutdown procedure prior to
maintenance” on page 2-67 and “Lock out
and tag out” on page 2-68.
If your machine is operated with loose track Fig.5-1

shoe bolts (1), the bolts can break. Tighten
any loose bolts immediately.

Tightening
Three-grouser track shoe
1. Tighten the bolts to torque values of

600N·m - 680N·m (61.2kgf - 69.4kgf or
441Ibft - 500Ibft). Make sure that the nuts and
track shoe are in close contact with the link
mating surface.
2. Inspect and tighten again by 120º±10º.
Tightening sequence
Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in

the right illustration. After tightening, make
sure that the nuts and track shoe are in close
contact with the link mating surface.
Fig.5-2
5.7.3.2 Track tension - inspect/adjust
The wear of undercarriage pin rolls and pin

bushings may vary according to operating
condition and soil type. Therefore, the tension
of track shall be checked often in order to
maintain standard tension.
Always prepare your machine as required and

lock/tag it out before proceeding. See “En-
gine shutdown procedure prior to mainte-
nance” on page 2-75 and “Lock out and
tag out” on page 2-76.
Inspection
1. Run the engine at low idle speed. Travel

the machine forward a distance that is equiva-
lent to the length of an unfolded track. Park
your machine.
2. Place a straight edge or string on top of the

track grousers between the idler (1) and the
carrier roller (2), as shown in the right
illustration. Fig.5-3

3. Measure the maximum amount of sag in

the track. The sag is measured from the high-
est point of the track grouser to the bottom of
the straight edge.
The standard value of sag (a) should be10 -

30 mm (0.4 -1.2in).
If the track tension is beyond the standard

range, adjust track tension through the follow-
ing procedure.
Adjusting
Fig.5-4
WARNING
• The screw plug (1) is possible to fly out under high-pressurized grease. Never loosen the screw
plug (1) over one turn.
• Never loosen any other components except the screw plug (1). Never face the installation direc-
tion of the screw plug (1).
• If the track does not loosen with the following method, contact your Sany distributor.
Increasing track tension
To increase the track's tension, prepare a

grease gun.
1. Add grease with the grease gun through

the grease fitting (2). (The grease fitting (2)
and the screw plug (1) are integral.)
Fig.5-5
2. Slowly travel the machine forward (7-8 m
(23 ft - 26 ft 3 in)) in order to check whether
the track tension is suitable.
3. Check the track tension again. Readjust the

tension if it is still beyond the standard range.
4. Continue to add grease till the distance (S)

becomes null (0). If the tension is still loose, it Fig.5-6

is probably because the pin roll and bushing

are overworn. The pin rolls or bushings must
be swapped or replaced. Contact your Sany
distributor for repair.
Reducing track tension
Fig.5-7
WARNING
• Never loosen the valve (1) quickly or excessively. The grease under pressure can squirt out of
the track tensioning cylinder. Carefully loosen the valve (1) and keep your body and face away
from the valve (1).
• Never loosen the grease fitting (2).
• The grease is to be released through the following steps. If the tension of track is still tight, con-
tact your Sany distributor for repair.
• If gravels or mud falls between the sprocket

and track link, remove it before you reduce
track tension.
• To reduce track tension, slowly turn valve
(1) counterclockwise with a long socket
wrench. The grease will come out of the
grease fitting. Fig.5-8
• Loosening valve (1) only one turn is enough
to reduce track tension.
• If grease does not come out smoothly, drive
your machine back and forth for a short
distance.
• When suitable sag of track is achieved, turn
valve (1) clockwise to 78.4 N·m (8 kgf·m).
• To check if you have got desired track ten- Fig.5-9
sion, run the engine at low idle speed, drive
your machine forward (at a distance that is
equivalent to the length of an unfolded
track), and then park the machine.

• Check track tension again. Readjust the

tension if it is still beyond the standard
range.
5.7.3.3 Bucket - replace
WARNING
• Driving a pin shaft with a hammer can
cause flying metal pieces that could lead to
severe injury. Wear goggles, safety hat,
protective gloves and other protective
gears during such an operation.
• If the pin shaft is hit with strong force, it
could fly out and cause personal injury.
Make sure that the surrounding area is
clear of people before doing the job.
• Do not stand behind the bucket when re-
moving the pin shaft. Do not place your
foot under the bucket when working at one
side.
• Do not get your finger pinched while re-
moving or installing the pin shaft.
• Never put your finger inside a pin hole for
aligning.
1. Park the machine on a hard and level

ground and lower the bucket onto the ground.
If the bucket is put down wither greater force,

resistance to the pin will increase and it will be
not easy to remove the pin.
2. Lock out and tag out the machine as re-

quired. See “Lock out and tag out” on page 2-
68.
Fig.5-10

3. Remove the nuts on the bolts of the retain-

ing plate of arm pin (1) and link pin (2). Re-
move the bolts and take out arm pin (1) and
link pin (2), and then remove the bucket.
NOTE:
• Make sure the pin roll is free from mud or

sand after removal.
• Both ends of the bushing are installed with
seals against dust. Be careful not to dam-
age them.
Fig.5-11
1. Align the arm with the pin hole (3) of the re-
placement bucket as well as the link rod with
the hole (4). Insert the greased pins (1) and
(2) into hole (3) and hole (4) respectively.
WARNING
When you reconnect the bucket, designate a
commanding person and follow his
commands during operation.
Fig.5-12
NOTE: When mounting the bucket, place the

O-ring (5) of bucket to the position, as shown
in the right illustration. After the pin roll is in-
serted, align it to the standard notch.
5. Reinstall the nuts and bolts onto the plate

retaining the pin rolls. Add grease to the pin
rolls.
NOTE:
• Inject sufficient amount of grease till the

grease is squeezed out of the end face.
Fig.5-13
• Replace any broken seals when replacing a
bucket. The use of broken seals could allow
sand or dust to penetrate through to the pin
roll and cause its abnormal wear.

5.7.3.4 Bucket tips (lateral pin) - replace
Replace bucket tip before tip adapter is worn.
WARNING
• Make sure the work equipment is stable when you are replacing bucket tips. Shut down the en-
gine and engage the hydraulic lockout control so as to prevent accidents caused by
misoperation.
• The pin may fly out can cause personal injury if too much force is applied onto it. Make sure that
nobody is in the surrounding area.
• Flying debris may be present when you change bucket tips. Be sure to wear safety goggles,
gloves and other personal protective gears.

lock out/tag out your machine before proceed-
ing. See “Engine shutdown procedure” on
page 2-67 and “Lock out and tag out” on page
2-68.
1. Place a block beneath the bucket and keep

the bucket bottom level. Fig.5-14
2. Make sure the work equipment is stable

and the hydraulic lockout control is in locked
position.
Fig.5-15

3. Place a metal stick against one end of the

pin (1) and hammer the metal stick in order to
drive the pin (1) out and remove the bucket tip
(2).
NOTE:
• The metal stick shall have a smaller diame-

ter than the pin.
• If the tip cannot be removed safely in this Fig.5-16
way, Consult your Sany distributor for
replacement.
4. Remove the tip and check the retainer for

any damage. Replace it if necessary. The re-
tainers and tips worn short must be replaced
with new ones.
5. Clean the installation surface. Insert the re-

tainer spring into the mounting hole of the
adapter. Mount the new bucket tip (2) to the Fig.5-17
adapter. Push part of the pin (1) into the tip
and hammer it in completely in order to lock
the bucket tip onto its adapter.
5.7.3.5 Bucket clearance - adjust
WARNING
• Make sure the work equipment is stable
when you are adjusting bucket clearance.
Shut down the engine and engage the hy-
draulic lockout control so as to prevent ac-
cidents caused by misoperation.
The bucket clearance must be readjusted

after your machine has been operated for a
period of time. When the clearance is exces-
sively large or small, it is necessary to install
or remove the shims.

1. Park your machine on a level ground. Low-

er the bucket to the ground, in an attitude
2. Run the engine at low speed. Fix the bucket

on the ground. Slowly turn the upper structure
counterclockwise until the inside of the left
side of the bucket contacts closely with the left
end surface of the arm.
3. Shut down the engine. Place the hydraulic

lockout control to the locked position. Tag out
the machine as required. See “Lockout and Fig.5-18
tag out” on page 2-68.
4. Move the O-ring (1) and measure the clear-

ance. It is easy to obtain accurate result with a
feeler gauge.
5. Loosen the two bolts (3), shim (4) and keep

plate (2). Drive out the pin (5) so as to sepa-
rate bucket (6) from arm (8).
6. Add shim (7) according to the wearing de-

gree. The clearance must be less than the
thickness of one shim.
Fig.5-19
7. Reinstall the pin (5) to its original position.
Replace in turn the keep plate (2), shim (4)
and bolts (3).
5.7.3.6 Window washer fluid level - check/refill

2-68.

When washer fluid level is low, fluid ejection

will contains air bubbles. Check fluid level of
washer reservoir (as shown) and add washer
fluid to it as required.
Take care to prevent invasion of dust when

you refill the reservoir.
Fig.5-20
Mixing ratio of pure detergent and water
Select a mixture ratio according to ambient temperature. Therefore, the detergent is to be diluted
with water according the ratios listed below.
Table 5–2
Operating Regions Mixture Ratio Temperature

General 1:2 - 10°C (14°F)
Cold regions in winter 1:1 - 20°C (- 4°F)
Frigid regions in winter Pure detergent - 30°C (- 22°F)
Note: There are two types of detergent: one for -10°C {4°F} (common) and one for -30°C {-22°F}
(frigid regions), which can be selected according to the operating region.
5.7.3.7 Air conditioner - inspect/service
• Refrigerant can cause blindness or frostbite

when it contacts your eyes or skin. So do
not contact refrigerant. Never loosen any
component in refrigerant line.
• Keep any naked fire away from the leaking
point of refrigerant gas.

Insufficient refrigerant (R134a) will severely

impair the cooling performance. Running the
air conditioner when refrigerant level is low
may cause damage to the compressor.
Operate the air conditioner for strong refriger-

ation when the engine is running at a high
speed.
Observe through the glass (2) on the con-

denser reservoir (1) in order to inspect the
condition of refrigerant gas flowing to the
tube. Fig.5-21
• Refrigerant flows without foam: OK

• Refrigerant flow contains foam that pass
continuously: Insufficient
• Colorless and transparent: None
NOTE: The existence of foams indicates low

refrigerant level. Please consult your Sany
distributor to add refrigerant.
Fig.5-22
Inspection during idle period
When the air conditioner will not be used for a long period of time, the air conditioner shall be oper-
ated for 3-4 minutes each month in order to lubricate the compressor components.
Air conditioner components inspection and maintenance schedule

5.7.3.8 Ceiling window gas spring - inspect
WARNING
• The gas spring contains high-pressurized
nitrogen. Wrong operation can cause ex-
plosion and result in machine damage and
personal injury or death.
• Keep the gas spring away from naked fire.
• Do not drill or weld on the gas spring.
• Do not hammer the gas spring or expose it
under any impact.

The gas springs are located in top of the cab

(at both the left and right sides).
Contact your Sany distributor for inspection,

repair and replacement when
• The ceiling window cannot be opened

easily; or when
• Oil or gas leaks from the gas spring.
Fig.5-23
How to release pressure in the hydraulic circuit
WARNING
• The hydraulic circuit is always under pres-
sure. Relieve the pressure in hydraulic cir-
cuit when checking or replacing the hoses
or fittings.
• When the engine is stopped, oil and engine
components are still hot and can cause
serious burns. Wait until they have cooled
down before operating.
• Oil may squirt out when removing the oil
filler cap. Therefore, slowly remove the cap
in order to release the internal pressure.
1. Park your machine on a hard, level ground.
Fig.5-24

2. Turn the start switch to the ON position

within 15 seconds after engine shutdown and
move the hydraulic lockout control to unlocked
position. Move the joysticks and the travel
control levers in all directions to relieve the in-
ternal pressure.
3. Remove the butterfly nut (1) on the breather

valve of the hydraulic tank and press the air
vent to relieve the internal pressure.
Fig.5-25
5.7.4 Inspection Prior to Startup
For more information about the following items, see "Inspection before starting" on page 4-7.
• Drain the water and sediment from the fuel tank.

• Check the water separator for water and sediment. Drain the water.
• Check the oil level in the hydraulic tank. Add oil.
• Check the coolant level. Add coolant.
• Check the oil level in the engine oil pan. Add oil.
• Check the wires.
• Check the fuel level. Add fuel.
• Check the work lamp switch.
• Check the function of the horn.
• Air vent pipe under the engine. (This item shall be checked all the time when the machine is op-
erating in muddy places)
5.7.5 Every 100 service hours
5.7.5.1 Lubrication
NOTICE
• If the lubricated components produce abnormal noise, additional lubrication is required
besides regular maintenance.
• A new machine shall be greased every 10 hours within the initial 50 hours.
• After operating in water, wet pin rolls on the machine must be greased.
1. Adjust your machine to a to-be-greased attitude shown in the illustration below, lower the work
equipment to the ground and then Shut down the engine.
2. Lock/tag it out before proceeding. See “Lock out and tag out” on page 2-76.
3. Use a grease gun to inject grease through the greasing points indicated in the following figure.
4. Finally, wipe off the used grease that has been squeezed out.
Fig.5-26
(1) Boom cylinder root pins (2)
Fig.5-27

(2) Boom root pins (2)
(3) Boom cylinder piston rod ends (2)
(4) Arm cylinder root pin (1)
Fig.5-28
Fig.5-29
(5) Boom-arm joining pins (2)
(6) Arm cylinder piston rod end (1)
Fig.5-30

(7) Bucket cylinder root pin (1)
(8) Bucket-rod joining pin (1)
(9) Arm-Bucket joining pin (1)
(10) Rod joining pins (2)
(11) Bucket cylinder piston rod end (1)
(12)Bucket-rod joining pin (1)

Fig.5-31
Fig.5-32

5.7.6.1 Air filter element - inspect/clean/ replace
CAUTION
• Dust may enter the engine when the filter
element is checked or replaced with the
engine running. To protect the engine, shut
it down before conducting this job.
• The sealing rubber of the end cap must be
held tightly against the filter.
• Never take out the inner filter element to
clean it. Dust may enter the engine and
cause engine failure.
• Inner filter element must be replaced to-
gether with outer filter element.
• When compressed air is used for such
cleaning, wear goggles, dust mask or other
protective articles.
• Never pull out the outer filter element with
great force. When you stand on some
place high or unstable, take care not to fall
due to reaction of pulling force.
Outer filter element - Clean and replace
• Clean: Every 250 service hours or when the air cleaner clogging alarm appears.
• Replace
Every 12 months or when it has been cleaned for six times, whichever occurs first.
See “Engine shutdown procedure prior to maintenance” on page 2-67 and “Lock out and tag out”
on page 2-68.

1. Open the rear-left access cover of the ma-

chine and loosen the clip or clasp (1) before
removing the cover (2).
Fig.5-33

2. Hold the outer filter element (3), shake it

slightly and turn it in both directions in order to
pull it out.
3. Check the inner filter element (4) to see if it

displaces or tilts. Push it back to position in
case of displacement or tilting.
4. Cover the inner element (4) with a piece of

clean cloth to avoid entering of dirt.
5. Clean the dirt inside the cover and the in-

side (5).
Fig.5-34
6. Blow the outer filter element with com-
pressed air (less than 0.2MPa) along the in-
side and outside pleats.
NOTE:
• Do not tap the air filter element with any ob-

ject when cleaning it.
• Do not use air filter elements with damaged
pleats, gaskets or seals.
• Using a filter element that has been used
for more than a year or an O-ring that has Fig.5-35
been cleaned could result failure. Never
use them again.
7. Use a light to illuminate the filter element.

Replace the filter element in case of holes or
reduced thickness found in the filter material.
Fig.5-36
Replacement of the inner filter element

1. Remove the outer filter element (3) and

then the inner filter element (4).
2. Cover the air connecting side with a piece

of clean cloth to prevent dust form entering
the filter element.
3. Clean the inside of the air cleaner body and

then remove the covering cloth.
4. Place the new inner filter element (4) onto

the connecting side.
5. Install the outer filter element (3). Fig.5-37
Push the filter element straight forward into

the air cleaner housing. You can hold and
shake it slightly to make the task easier.
6. Install the cover (2). Make sure the arrow

mark points upward. Lock the clip (or clasp)
(1). Check the gap between the housing and
the cover. Reinstall the cover if the gap is
excessive.
NOTE:
• Never use the inner filter element after

cleaning it. Replace the inner filter element Fig.5-38
when the outer one is replaced.
• When the outer filter element and the cover
have been installed, improper installation of
the inner filter element could damage the
outer element.
• Fake parts will allow dirt to pass through
and damage the engine due to insufficient
precision in the sealing area. Therefore,
fake parts shall not be used under any
circumstances.

5.7.6.2 Compressor belt tension - inspect/adjust

2-68.
Inspection
Press the middle of the belt between the drive

pulley (1) and the compressor pulley (2) with
your finger (about 58.8N {6kgf}). Measure the
deflection (A), which should be be 5-8mm
{0.20-0.31in.}.
Fig.5-39
Adjustment
1. Loosen the bolts (4) and (3).
2. Move the compressor (5) and its bracket (6)

in order to adjust belt tension.
3. Tighten the bolts (4) and (3) after position-

ing the compressor (5).
4. Check again the belt tension after

adjustment.
NOTE:
Fig.5-40
• Check for damaged pulleys and worn
Vgroove and V-belt. In addition, make sure
that the V-belt must not rub against the bot-
tom of the V-groove.
• Consult your Sany distributor to replace the
belt timely in case of the following
conditions.
– The fan belt has been stretched and lit-

tle margin is left for adjustment.
– Cuts or cracks are found in the belt.
– The belt skids or squeaks.
• A newly installed V-belt shall be readjusted

after one hour of operation.

5.7.6.3 Swing bearing - lubricate
WARNING
• Applying grease to the swing bearing is
dangerous. Do not swing the upper struc-
ture when grease is being applied.
1. Lower work equipment to ground, stop the

engine and engage hydraulic lockout control.
2. Add grease through two grease fittings

while the upper structure is kept static.
3. Start the engine, disengage hydraulic lock-

out control and raise the boom. Swing upper
structure by 90 degrees and add grease
through steps 1 and 2.
4. Repeat step 3 twice to accomplish

greasing.
Fig.5-41
NOTE:
• The grease is used to prevent distortion
and noise of joints.
• It is necessary to add grease to any compo-
nent that appears inflexible or noisy after
operation for a long period.
• Wipe off the used grease that has been
squeezed out when greasing.
• Make sure to wipe off all used grease in dif-
ferent locations. Using a grease that has
been contaminated by sand or debris can
lead to wear of rotating components.
5.7.6.4 Pipe clamps of hydraulic system - check
• Check the hydraulic system for missing, deformed pipe clamps and loose bolts. Replace missing
or deformed pipe clamps if any. Tighten loosened bolts to specified torques.
• Check if the hoops of the return oil hose and the T-clamp of the main pump suction hose are
loose. Replace these hoops and clamps or tighten them to specified torques if necessary.

5.7.7.1 Overview
The 100 hour and 250 hour services shall be carried out in the mean time.
5.7.7.2 Swing pinion gear grease level - inspect/fill
See “Engine shutdown procedure” on page 2-67 and “Lock out and tag out” on page 2-68.
• Prepare a dipstick.
1. Remove the two bolts (1) from the swing

frame. Remove the cover (2).
Fig.5-42
Fig.5-43
2. Put the dipstick (3) into the grease through the inspection hole. Check the grease level (S), which should be 1
3. Check if the grease turns milk-white. Milkwhite grease indicates that the grease has been contaminated. Con
Grease capacity: 35L (9.24 US gal)

Fig.5-44
4. Use the bolts (1) to reinstall the cover (2).
5.7.7.3 Engine pan oil and filter element - change/replace
1.
• When the engine has just been stopped,
the parts and oil are still hot and can cause
serious burns. Wait for them to cool down
before you proceed.

• For capacity of engine oil pan see "Table of

capacities" on page 5-18.
• Prepare a filter element wrench.

ing. See “Engine shutdown procedure prior to
maintenance” on page 2-66 and “Lock out
1. Remove the bottom cover plate of the ma-

chine. Place a container under the drain valve
(1). Let the oil pass through a piece of clean Fig.5-45
cloth.
2. To prevent oil from splashing onto your

body, slowly open the drain valve to discharge
oil. Close the drain valve when you finish.
Fig.5-46
2. Open the right access door of the machine

and turn the filter element (2) counterclock-
wise with filter element spanner in order to
disassemble the filter element.
4. Clean the filter element seat (3). Fill the

new filter element with clean engine oil. Apply
engine oil (or a film of grease) to the filter seal-
ing surface and the threads before installing
the filter element to its seat.
Fig.5-47
Remark: Check the filter element seat (3) for presence of used seal. The presence of used seal in
the filter element seat (3) can cause oil leakage.

5. The installation requires contact of the seal-

ing surface with that of the filter element seat
(3). Turn the filter element 3/4-1 turn.
6. Open the engine hood and add engine oil

through the filler. After 15 minutes, check if oil
level is between the H and L marks on the
dipstick.
7. Run the engine idly for a short time and

then turn off the engine. Check again the oil Fig.5-48
level, which shall be between the H and L
marks of the dipstick. For more information,
see "Oil level in oil pan - check/ add" on page
4-11.
8. Reinstall the bottom cover.
• To ensure oil quality and 500 service hour

change interval, buy genuine engine oil from
your Sany distributor.
5.7.7.4 Primary fuel filter element - replace
• Do not replace the filter immediately after

the engine is shut off, as all parts are still
hot. Wait for the parts to cool down before
you proceed.
• High pressure is generated in the fuel sys-
tem when the engine is running.
• Wait at least 30 seconds after engine shut-
down and replace the filter when internal
pressure drops to a safe level.
• Be away from fire sources.
NOTE:
• Sany genuine fuel filter element is a special

filter of effective filtration. The filter element
must be replaced with a genuine one.
• The use of other parts may allow dirt or de-
bris to pass through and cause the spray
system failure. Therefore, avoid using any
substitutes.

• Prevent dirt from entering the fuel system

during inspection and service. In case of
any parts contaminated by dust, flush them
clean with machine oil.

2-68.
• Prepare a container to store the fuel

drained.
• Prepare a filter spanner.
1. Open the right access door of the machine.
2. Place a container under the primary fuel fil-

ter to collect the fuel to be drained.
3. Loosen the drain valve (1) to discharge all

water and sediment from bowl (2). Also dis-
charge the fuel in filter element (3).
4. Turn the bowl (2) counterclockwise with a

filter wrench to remove it. (The bowl can be
reused.)
5. Turn the filter cartridge (3) counterclock- Fig.5-49

wise with a filter wrench to remove it.
6. Install the bowl (2) to the bottom of a new

filter element. (O-ring (4) must be replaced.)
7. Before installation, apply oil to the sealing

surface of O-ring seal. The sealing surface
shall have close contact with that of the filter
element (3). Further tighten it by 1/4- 1/2 turn.
If the bowl is tightened too much, the O-ring

seal will be damaged and oil leak could result.
If the bowl is not tightened enough, fuel will
leak through the gap of O-ring seal. To pre-
vent such problems, proper tightening is
required.
NOTE: Overtightened transparent cover will

damage the O-ring and cause oil leakage.

Insufficient tightening will allow oil to leak from

the clearance of O-ring. To avoid such prob-
lems, the transparent cover must be tightened
to specific torque.
8. Clean the filter seat and fill a new filter ele-

ment with clean fuel. Apply a film of machine
oil to the sealing surfaces before installing the
new filter element to its seat.
NOTE：
• Do not remove the cover (B) when you re-

plenish the fuel. The fuel must be replen-
ished via the eight holes (A).
• Remove cover (B) after replenishing. Install
the fuel filter.
• The fuel must be clean. It is important to
prevent dust or debris from getting into the
fuel. Be especially noted that the center part
is clean and do not remove cover (B) when
replenishing the fuel. The center part must
be free from dust or debris.
Fig.5-50
9. During installation, tighten the filter element
until its sealing surface contacts that of the fil-
ter seat. Tighten it again 3/4 turn. If the filter
cartridge is over tightened, the seals may be
broken and oil leakage could result. If the car-
tridge is too loose, fuel will leak from the seal-
ing location. Therefore, the filter element must
be tightened to a suitable torque.
10. Check the drain valve (1) to see if it has

been tightened enough.
11. Bleed the air after replacement of the filter

element (3).
For air-bleeding method see "Secondary fuel

filter element - replace" on next page.
12. After replacing the filter element, start the

engine and run it at low idle for 10 minutes.

Check the filter-sealing surfaces and the bowl

for fuel leakage. Check the tightening degree
of the filter element when fuel leaks.
If the fuel still leaks, repeat the steps 1-7. Re-

move the filter element and replace it with a
new filter element if any damage or foreign
object is found on the sealing surface. Repeat
the steps 8-15 in order to install a new filter
cartridge.
5.7.7.5 Secondary fuel filter element - replace
WARNING
• Do not replace the filter immediately after
the engine is shut off, as all parts are still
hot. Wait for the parts to cool down before
you proceed.
• High pressure is generated in the fuel sys-
tem when the engine is running.
• Wait at least 30 seconds after engine shut-
down and replace the filter when internal
pressure drops to a safe level.
• Be away from fire sources.
NOTE:
• Sany genuine fuel filter element is a special

filter of effective filtration. The filter element
must be replaced with a genuine one.
• The use of other parts may allow dirt or de-
bris to pass through and cause the spray
system failure. Therefore, avoid using any
substitutes.
• Prevent dirt from entering the fuel system
during inspection and service. In case of
any parts contaminated by dust, flush them
clean with machine oil.



2-68.
• Prepare a container to hold the fuel

drained.
• Prepare a filter element spanner.

1.
1) Open the engine hood.
2) Place a container under the filter element.
3) Turn counterclockwise the filter cartridge (1)

with the filter element spanner to remove it.
4) Replace the internal seal (2) with a new

one.
5) Clean the filter element seat. Apply a film of Fig.5-51

oil to the surface of the new filter cartridge
before mounting it to the filter element seat.
NOTE:
• Do not fill the new filter cartridge with fuel.
• Remove the cover 3) and install the
cartridge.
6) During installation, tighten the filter car-

tridge until its sealing surface contacts that
of the filter seat. Then, tighten it further by
3/4 turn.
Fig.5-52
If the filter cartridge is over-tightened, the
seals may be broken and oil leakage could
result. If the cartridge is too loose, fuel will
leak from the sealing location. Therefore,
the filter element must be tightened to a
suitable torque.
7) Bleed the air after filter element

replacement.
Air bleeding procedure:
8) Fill the fuel tank till the float reaches its

maximum level. Fig.5-53
9) Loosen the plug on top of the secondary

fuel filter. Release the knob of hand pump
(3) and pull it out. Pump oil until all foam

disappears and diesel oil stream is continu-

ous and cohesive to give powerful injection.
NOTE:
• It is necessary to remove the plug on top
of the primary fuel filter and the secon-
dary fuel filter.
• When fuel level is low, operate the pump
in the same way to bleed air.
1. 10. After replacing the filter cartridge start

the engine and run it at low idle for 10 mi-
nutes. Check for fuel leakage on the sealing
surface of the filter cartridge. If fuel leaks,
check if the cartridge is well tightened. If fuel
leakage does not stop, repeat steps 1 through
3 to remove the filter cartridge. If damage or
foreign objects are found on the sealing sur-
face, the cartridge with a new one and follow
steps 4 through 13 to install it.
Fig.5-54
5.7.7.6 Radiator and oil cooler fins - inspect/clean
1.
WARNING
• If you are struck by compressed air, high
pressure water or steam, or they are used
to blow away dust or contaminants, bodily
injury could result. Always wear goggles,
dust mask or other protective gears.
CAUTION
• When compressed air is used for cleaning,
a safe distance must be kept so as to avoid
damaging the radiator fins.
• In a dusty place, check the radiator fins
everyday regardless of the specified main-
tenance intervals.


2-68.
1. Open the engine hood (1).
Fig.5-55
2. Open the left access door of the machine

and clean the condenser fins (2) of air
conditioner.
3. Inspect the coolant tank, the intercooler fins

(3) and the hydraulic oil radiator fins (4). If
there are dirt and/or tree leaves attaching to
the fins, sweep them with compressed air.
Steam or water can also be used besides

compressed air.
Fig.5-56
Note: However, a safe distance to the machine shall be kept when cleaning the heat exchangers
(of radiator, oil cooler, intercooler and air conditioner condenser) with powerful steam (from high-
pressure flushing machine). With steam cleaning (high-pressure machine flushing) at a near dis-
tance, the heat exchanger could be deformed and premature plugging and cracking could be
resulted.

4. Inspect the rubber hoses. Replace the ho-

ses in case of cracking or aging. Check the
hose clamps for looseness.
5. Remove the cover plate (5) under radiator.

Eliminate the dirt, debris and tree leaves that
have been swept to the external edge.
6. Reinstall the cover plate (5). Lock the en-

gine hood and the left access door.
Fig.5-57
5.7.7.7 Air conditioner fresh air/recirculation filter - clean
WARNING
• When compressed air is used, dust in air is
harmful to health. Always wear goggles,
dust mask or other protective gears.
The filter shall be cleaned every 500 hours,

but operating your machine in a dusty place
requires cleaning the filter more frequently.
A dust-clogged air filter reduces air flow and

causes the A/C unit to produce noise.

2-68.
Cleaning the recirculation filter
1. Remove the screw (1) from the access cov-

er in the rear of the cab, loosen the locking
nut (2) and remove the internal air filter (3).
Fig.5-58

2. Use compressed air to clean the filter. If the

filter bears oil or too much dirt, clean it with
moderate detergent. After the filter has been
flushed with water, it must be dried completely
before reuse. This filter shall be replaced
every year with a new one. If a plugged air fil-
ter cannot be cleaned with compressed air or
flushing water, replace it immediately.
Fig.5-59
Cleaning the fresh air filter
1. Unlock and open the cover (4) on the left

side of the cab. Remove the locking nut (5)
and take out the fresh air filter (6).
2. Use compressed air to clean the filter. If the

filter bears oil or too much dirt, clean it with
moderate detergent. After the filter has been
flushed with water, it must be dried completely
before reuse. This filter shall be replaced
every year with a new one. If a plugged air fil-
ter cannot be cleaned with compressed air or
Fig.5-60
flushing water, replace it immediately.
3. After cleaning, restore the filter (6), tighten

the nut (5) and lock the cover.
Fig.5-61

1. NOTE: The fresh air filter must be installed

correctly. To install the filter, the long end (L)
of the filter (6) must be inserted first into the fil-
ter box. By inserting the short end (S), the
cover (4) will not be closed.
Fig.5-62
5.7.7.8 Swing drive oil level - check/refill
WARNING
before you proceed.

2-68.
Cleaning the recirculation filter
1. Remove the dipstick (2) and wipe off the oil

on it.
2. Insert the dipstick (2) back into the tube.
Fig.5-63

3. Take out the dipstick (2) and check whether

the oil level is between the H and L marks.
4. If the oil level is lower than the L mark on

the dipstick (2), remove the filler cap (1) and
add oil.
Fig.5-64
5. If the oil level goes beyond the H mark on

the dipstick (2), loosen the drain valve (3) and
to drain the excessive oil.
• If the oil level is too high, Consult your Sany

distributor for inspection.
• Place a container under the drain valve be-
fore draining machine oil.
6. After checking the oil level or refilling the

oil, insert the dipstick (2) into the tube and re-
store the filler cap (1).
Fig.5-65
5.7.7.9 Final drive oil level - check/refill
WARNING
• When the engine is shut down, the oil is
still hot. Wait until the oil is cool enough be-
fore operation.
• Residual pressure in the tank can cause oil
to squirt out or the screw plug to fly out.
Slowly loosen the screw plug in order to re-
lease the pressure.
• When the screw plug is being loosened, do
not stand in front of the screw plug.

1. Park the machine on a hard and flat ground

and adjust position so that the drain plug (3) is
closest to the ground. Stop the engine and
place the lockout control to the locked posi-
tion. Tag out the machine before proceeding.
See “Lock out and tag out” on page 2-68.
2. Use a proper screwdriver to remove the dirt

in the hexagonal socket of screw plug.
3. Remove the plug (2) with a spanner. Check

oil level and for contamination. When oil level
reaches the plug hole, the volume of oil is fine. Fig.5-66
When the level is low, refill gear oil via the
plug hole (1).
4. Clean the plug (2) with diesel oil and rein-

stall the plug.
5. Check the other final drive through in the

same way.
5.7.7.10 Engine coolant pump (fan shaft) - lubricate
Sweep the dust and soil from grease filler

opening, as indicated by the arrow, before you
replenish specified grease.
Grease: NLGI No.2 (lithium base)
Fig.5-67
5.7.8.1 Overview
The 100, 250 and 500 hour services shall be

carried out in the mean time.

5.7.8.2 Hydraulic oil return filter element / oil drain filter element/pilot filter element-
replace
WARNING
before you proceed.
For machines equipped with a hydraulic

breaker, the hydraulic oil deteriorates faster
than that of machines operating with a bucket.
For more information, see "Hydraulic oil and
filter - change/replace" on page 8-15.
1. Park your machine on a hard, level ground.

Adjust the work equipment to an attitude
ready for service. Lower the work equipment
to ground and stop the engine. Tag out the
machine before proceeding. See “Lock out
Fig.5-68
2. Remove the butterfly nut 【1】 of the

breather valve on top of the hydraulic tank.
Press the bleeder valve to release internal
pressure.
3. Loosen the four bolts and remove the cap

【2】. When the cap is being removed, it may
eject due to the action of the spring 【3】. In
this case, hold down the cap when removing
the bolts.
4. Remove the spring 【3】, valve 【4】 and

filter element 【5】.
Fig.5-69

Check the bottom of the filter box and re-

move the dirt if any. Keep the hydraulic oil
free from any dirt.
5. Clean the disassembled parts with cleaning

oil.
6. Install a new filter element.
7. Restore the valve 【4】 and spring 【3】.
8. Install the cap 【2】 to its position. Hold

down the cap and tighten the bolts.
Fig.5-70
9. For SY385 beginning with a number

SY0388BG00888, replacement of filter ele-
ment 【6】 on the side of hydraulic tank is al-
so required. Replacement procedure is similar
to the aboe step 3 through step 8.
10. To bleed the air, start the engine and run it

at low idle for 10 minutes.
11. Stop the engine.
Fig.5-71
Replacement of pilot filter element 【7】. re-

placement procedure is similar to the aboe
step 3 through step 8.
Fig.5-72

5.7.8.3 Swing drive oil - change
1.
WARNING
before you proceed.

2-68.
• Oil capacity: 10.5 L
1. Place a container under the drain valve 1)

to collect the gear oil drained.
2. Loosen the drain valve (1) to drain the gear

oil. Tighten the drain valve upon completion of
the draining. Fig.5-73
NOTE:
• If the gear oil flows out in a thin thread pat-

tern, stop draining.
• When ambient temperature is low, you can
swing the work equipment to slightly in-
crease the oil temperature before draining
the oil. However, the work equipment shall
not be swung during draining, which may
otherwise damage the swing unit.

Remove the filler cap (2) and add oil as re-

quired through the filler opening.
Check the oil level with the dipstick (3). For

more information, see "Swing drive oil level -
check/refill" on page 5-67.
Apply sealant onto the thread of the filler

opening and tighten the filler cap.
NOTE: Improper tightening of the filler cap

may cause the gear oil in the swing drive to
leak.
Fig.5-74
5.7.8.4 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check
Consult your Sany distributor to check the fas-

tening conditions of the air cleaner - turbo-
charger - post cooler - engine clamps.
5.7.8.5 Fan belt tension - check/replace
Check the tension of fan belt. Replace the fan

belt in case of cracks or damage. Contact
your Sany distributor if you have any troubles.
5.7.8.6 Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (breaker) - check
(If equipped)
Special tools will be used in order to check the

accumulator and inject nitrogen.
Please Consult your Sany distributor, if possi-

ble, to conduct related inspection and inflating
operation.
5.7.8.7 Breather valve - check/replace
• The engine must be shut down when you

service the breather valve.
• Hot components and oil can cause burns.
Wait until they are cool enough before you
proceed.


2-68.
1. Clean the top of the hydraulic tank before

removal. Clean especially the area around the
breather valve (as shown). The job site shall
be free from fire sources and dust.
2. Remove the butterfly nut (1) of breather

valve and press the bleeder valve to release
internal pressure.
3. Remove lock nut (2) and cover (3) and take

off the filter element (4).
4. Clean the filter element is covered by too

much dirt, clean it with a brush. And then flush Fig.5-75
the element with Tonson detergent outwardly.
5. Place it in a ventilated place after cleaning.

Dry it completely before reassembly.
Fig.5-76
NOTE:
• When assembling the hexagonal nut (2), tighten it to the specific torque (10-14 N·m). Never tight-
en it with extra force in order to have better sealing.
• Replace the breather valve filter element if it has used for a year or cleaned for 6 times. If the filter
element (4) is serious worn, replace it immediately.
5.7.8.8 Filling lubricating grease of Rotary Reduction Gear
1. Lower the work equipment to the groundand then shut down the engine. Place thehydraulic
lockout control to the locked position.

2. Filling lubricating grease from “filling lubricating adapter” until overflow.
NOTE:
• Wipe off the used grease that has been squeezed out when greasing.
• Part excavator’s“filling lubricating adapter”has hose, filling lubricating grease from hose’s
adapter.
5.7.9.1 Every 2000 service hours
The 100, 500 and 1000 hour services will be carried out in the mean time.
5.7.9.2 Final drive oil - change
WARNING
• After the engine has just been shut down, the oil and components are still hot and can
cause burns. Wait until they are cool enough before you proceed.
• Residual pressure in the tank can cause oil to squirt out or the screw plug to fly out.
Slowly loosen the screw plug to release pressure. Never stand in front of the plug.
Refilling capacity: Refer to "Table of capaci-

ties" on page 5-18.
1. Park the machine on a hard and flat ground

and adjust position so that the drain plug (3) is
closest to the ground. Stop the engine and
place the lockout control to the locked posi-
tion. Tag out the machine before proceeding.
See “Lock out and tag out” on page 2-68.
2. Use a proper screwdriver to remove the dirt

in the hexagonal socket of screw plug. Fig.5-77
3. Place under the drain plug (P) a container

used to contain the oil.
4. When the oil in the final drive is drained,

clean the drain port plug with clear diesel fuel
and install the plug.
5. Remove the fill port plug (1) and add speci-

fied gear oil through the filler opening until oil
flows out from the level port.

6. Clean the plug with clear diesel fuel and re-

install the plug.
NOTE: Check the O-ring on screw plug and replace the O-ring if it is damaged.
5.7.9.3 Hydraulic oil suction filter element – clean/replace
W-
ARNING
• When the engine has just been stopped, the parts and oil are still hot and can cause serious
burns. Wait for them to cool down before you proceed.

2-68.
1. Remove the butterfly nut (1) of the breather

valve on the hydraulic tank and press the
bleeder valve to relieve internal pressure.
Fig.5-78
2. Loosen the four bolts and remove the cap

(2). When the cap is being removed, it may fly
out due to the action of the spring (3). In this
case, hold down the cap when removing the
bolts.
3. Hold the top end of the rod (4) and pull it up-
ward to remove the spring (3) and the suction
filter element (5).
4. Clean the suction filter element (5). Flush it

with cleaning oil. Replace the suction filter ele-
men if it is damaged.
Fig.5-79
5. During installation, fix the suction filter ele-
ment (5) to the projected part (6) of the oil tank
before assembling.
6. When assembling, use the bulged part of

the cap (2) to hold the spring (3) before tight-
ening the bolts.

5.7.9.4 Nitrogen pressure in accumulator (control oil circuit) - check
• The accumulator contains pressurized ni-

trogen, which may explode due to improper
operation and result in machine damage
and personal injury.
• Be away from fire sources. Do not strike or
roll the accumulator. Keep it free from any
impact.
• Release the gas completely when you han-
dle the accumulator. Consult your Sany dis-
tributor to do this job.
NOTE: In continuous operation with low nitro-

gen pressure in the accumulator, the remain-
ing pressure in hydraulic circuit will not be
released once failure occurs to your machine.
Functions of the accumulator
The accumulator stores the pressure of the

control circuit. Even if the engine is turned off,
the control oil circuit allows you to achieve the
following operations:
• Operate the control lever to lower the work

equipment. The work equipment will fall
due to gravity.
• The pressure in hydraulic circuit can be
released.
Fig.5-80
The installation location of the accumulator is

Checking the functions of accumulator
Check nitrogen pressure in the accumulator

through the following steps:
1. Park the machine on a hard and flat

ground.
2. Keep the work equipment 1.5m (4'11'')

above the ground at maximum reach (with the
arm cylinder and the bucket cylinder fully
retracted).
The step 3 through step 5 shall be conducted Fig.5-81

within 15 seconds.
The accumulator’s pressure drops gradually

after engine shutdown. Check the accumula-
tor immediately after the engine is shut down.
3. Keep the work equipment at its maximum

operating radius, turn the start switch to OFF
position and stop the engine.
4. Turn the start switch to ON position.
5. Place the hydraulic lockout control to un-

locked position. Operate the joysticks and
lower the work equipment. Check if the work
equipment touches the ground.
Fig.5-82

6. If the work equipment fall under its own

weight to the ground, this shows the accumu-
lator functions normally.
If the work equipment fails to fall to the

ground, this shows pressure in the accumula-
tor has dropped. Consult your Sany distributor
for such inspection.

locked position and turn the start switch to the
OFF position.
Fig.5-83
Releasing pressure from hydraulic circuit
1. Low the work equipment to the ground.
2. Place the lockout control to the locked

position.
The steps 4 through step 6 shall be carried

out within 15 seconds.
Pressure of the accumulator will drop gradu-

ally after the engine is stopped. Therefore, the
pressure can only be
Fig.5-84
released when the engine has just be turned

off.
Fig.5-85

3. Turn off the engine.
4. Turn the start switch to ON position.
5. Place the lockout control to unlocked posi-

tion and then cycle the control levers in all di-
rections to release the pressure in control
circuit.
6. Place the lockout control to the locked posi-

tion (L) and then turn the start switch to OFF
position.
5.7.9.5 Cooling system interior - clean
WARNING
• Coolant in the radiator is still hot and under high pressure when the engine is shut down. Re-
moving the radiator cap at this time may cause severs burns. Loosen the cover slowly when the
coolant has cooled down to relieve internal pressure before removing it.
• When the engine is started for cleaning purpose, place the hydraulic lockout control in the
locked position to prevent unexpected machine movement.
• Antifreeze is flammable. Keep it away from fire.
• Antifreeze is toxic. Never allow it to contact your eyes and/or your skin. Wash with plenty of
water and seek medical treatment immediately if antifreeze contacts your eyes or skin.
• Never dump the coolant directly into the sewer system or onto the ground. Contact your Sany
distributor when you need to change the coolant.
1. Park your machine on a level ground and

then shut off the engine. Tag out the machine
before you proceed. See “Lock out and tag
out” on page 2-68.
2. Remove slowly the radiator cap (1) to re-

lieve pressure only when the coolant is cool
enough for you to touch the radiator cap with
your bare hand.
Fig.5-86

3. Remove the bottom cover under the radia-

tor and place a container to collect the coolant
under the drain valve (2). Open the drain
valve (2) to drain the coolant.
4. Close the drain valve (2) after draining the

coolant. Add tap water to the radiator. When
the radiator is full, start the engine at a low
speed in order to heat up to 90° C (194° F) at
minimum. Continue to run the engine for
about 10 minutes.
5. Stop the engine and open the drain valve Fig.5-87

(2) to discharge water. Use detergent to clean
the radiator after draining the water. Refer to
the detergent instruction for cleaning method.
6. Close the drain valve (2). Add coolant to

the radiator till it overflows from the filler
opening.
7. Run the engine at low speed for about 5 mi-

nutes and then at high speed for another 3 mi-
nutes to bleed the air from the coolant. (The
radiator cap (1) shall be left open at the
moment.)
8. Clean the reserve tank (3) after completely

draining the coolant inside. Add water till the
coolant level reaches a level between the high
and the low marks.
Replace the reserve tank with a new one if the

old one is hardly cleaned.
Fig.5-88
9. Stop the engine. Wait about 3 minutes be-
fore adding water through the filler opening.
Screw on the radiator cap tightly.
10. Install the bottom cover.
5.7.9.6 Alternator - inspect
Contact your Sany distributor to inspect the

alternator.

Check the engine every 1000 service hours if

the engine is started frequently.
5.7.9.7 Engine valve clearance - check/ adjust
Special tools are necessary for inspection and

maintenance. Consult your Sany distributor to
do this job.
5.7.10.1 Overview
The 100, 250, 500, 1000 and 2000 hour serv-

ices shall be carried out in the meantime.
5.7.10.2 Water pump - inspect
Check the water pump for water leakage or oil

leakage. In case of any problem, Contact your
Sany distributor for disassembly, repair or
replacement.
Fig.5-89
5.7.10.3 Start motor - check
Consult your Sany distributor to check the

start motor. Check it every 1000 service hours
if the engine is started frequently.

5.7.10.4 Oil in hydraulic tank - change
WARNING
the parts and oil are still hot and can
cause serious burn. Wait until they are
cool enough before doing the job.
• Press the breather valve venting key to
release the internal pressure before re-
moving the oil filler cap.
NOTE:
For machines equipped with a hydraulic

breaker, the hydraulic oil deteriorates faster
than that of machines operating with a bucket.
For details see “Hydraulic breaker service
interval” on page 5-22.
• Refilling capacity: Refer to "Table of capaci-

ties" on page 5-18.
• Prepare a lever (used for 36 mm socket
wrenches)
1. Unscrew the bolts of the bottom cover plate

and remove the cover plate.
2. Swing the upper structure in order to posi-

tion the drain plug beneath the hydraulic tank
between the tracks.
3. Retract the arm and bucket cylinders and

lower the boom in order to enable the bucket Fig.5-90
tips to touch the ground.
4. Place the lockout control to the locked posi-

tion and turn off the engine.

5. Remove the cap of the oil filler (F) .
6. Place a container under the drain plug. Re-

move the drain plug (P) with the lever in order
to drain the oil. Check the O-ring on the drain
plug (P) and replace it timely if broken. Tight-
en the plug (P) after draining.
Fig.5-91
NOTE: Do not get oil on your body when removing the drain plug (2).
7. Add hydraulic oil as required through the fill-

er (1). Check the oil level, which shall be be-
tween the H and L marks of dipstick.
• For more information on applicable hydraul-
ic oil, see "Recommended fuel, coolant
and lubricant" on page 5-15.
• For more information on oil level inspection,
see "Swing drive oil - change" on page
5-72.
5.7.10.5 Accumulator - replace
Replace the accumulator every two years or

4000 service hours, whichever occurs first.
WARNING
• the accumulator contains pressurized
nitrogen, which may explode due to im-
proper operation and result in machine
damage and personal injury.
• Be away from fire sources. Do not strike
or roll the accumulator. Keep it free
from any impact.
• Release the gas completely when you
handle the accumulator. Consult your
Sany distributor to do this job.

If your machine is kept operating when the

performance of accumulator decreases, the
pressure in the hydraulic system will not be re-
leased. Consult your Sany distributor to re-
place the accumulator.
Fig.5-92
5.7.10.6 High-pressure tube clamps and rubber - check
Fig.5-93
Check, through visual inspection and feel, for any loose bolts on the five mounting clamps of high-
pressure pipe between the supply pump and the spray nozzle. Contact your Sany distributor to re-
place the parts in trouble.
5.7.10.7 Compressor working condition - inspect
The following two items are to be inspected:

1. Whether the compressor and the magnetic

clutch are switched on/off when switching
on/off the air conditioner.
2. Whether the clutch or compressor produces

abnormal noise.
In case of any problem, Contact your Sany

distributor for disassembly, repair or replace-
ment of the parts.
5.7.11.1 Overview
The 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2000 and 4000 hour services shall be carried out in the meantime.
5.7.11.2 High-pressure tube clamps - replace
Contact your Sany distributor to replace the

high-pressure tube clamps of the engine.
Contact your Sany’s authorized dealer if serv-

ice hours of the machine reaches 10, 000
hours or overall maintenance.

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
6 Troubleshooting ..............................................................................................................6-1
6.1 Troubleshooting preparation ...............................................................................................6-3
6.1.1 Checks before troubleshooting .................................................................................6-3
6.1.2 Troubleshooting precautions .....................................................................................6-4
6.1.3 Electrical circuits troubleshooting precautions........................................................6-5
6.1.4 Hydraulic components handling precautions ..........................................................6-6
6.2 Measures taken when failure occurs..................................................................................6-8
6.2.1 Failure-like phenomena..............................................................................................6-8
6.2.2 Towing the Machine ....................................................................................................6-9
6.3 Engine failures.................................................................................................................... 6-10
6.3.1 Engine troubleshooting table.................................................................................. 6-10
6.3.2 Coolant temperature high ....................................................................................... 6-14
6.3.3 Engine oil pressure low ........................................................................................... 6-15
6.3.4 When fuel runs out ................................................................................................... 6-16
6.3.5 When engine rotates reversely .............................................................................. 6-18
6.4 Failures of the electrical system....................................................................................... 6-19
6.4.1 Electrical system troubleshooting table ................................................................ 6-19
6.4.2 Failure codes ............................................................................................................ 6-22
6.5 Battery.................................................................................................................................. 6-25
6.5.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 6-25
6.5.2 Battery removal and installation............................................................................. 6-26
6.5.3 Battery charging ....................................................................................................... 6-26
6.5.4 Starting engine with jumper cable.......................................................................... 6-27
6.5.4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 6-27
6.5.4.2 Connecting jumper cables............................................................................... 6-28
6.5.4.3 Starting engine .................................................................................................. 6-28
6.5.4.4 Disconnecting jumper cables .......................................................................... 6-28
6.6 Failures of the hydraulic system ...................................................................................... 6-29
6.7 Other Common Failures.................................................................................................... 6-35
Troubleshooting SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
WARNING

6.Troubleshooting
6.1 Troubleshooting preparation

6.1.1 Checks before troubleshooting
Item Criterion Remedy

1. Check fuel level and type of fuel — Add fuel
Clean,
2. Check for impurities in fuel —
drain
3. Check hydraulic oil level — Add oil
Clean,
4. Check hydraulic oil strainer —
drain
Lubricating 5. Check swing drive oil level — Add oil
oil, coolant 6. Check engine oil level (in oil pan) — Add oil
Add
7. Check coolant level —
water
Clean or
8. Check dust indicator for clogging —
replace
9. Check hydraulic filter — Replace
10. Check final drive oil level — Add oil
Tighten
1. Check for looseness, corrosion of battery terminal
— or
and wiring
replace
Tighten
Electrical 2. Check for looseness, corrosion of alternator termi-
— or
equipment nal and wiring
replace
Tighten
3. Check for looseness, corrosion of start motor termi-
— or
nal and wiring
replace
Hydraulic, 1. Check for abnormal noise and smell — Repair

mechanical 2. Check for oil leakage — Repair
equipment 3. Carry out air bleeding — Bleed air
1. Check battery voltage (engine stopped) 20-30V Replace
Electric, Add or
2. Check battery electrolyte level —
electrical replace
equipment 3. Check for discolored, burnt, exposed wiring — Replace
4. Check for missing wiring clips and hanging wiring — Repair

Discon-
5. Check for water leaking on wiring (be particularly
nect con-
careful attention to water leaking on connectors or —
nector
terminals)
and dry
6. Check for blown or corroded fuses After running Replace
for several
7. Check alternator voltage (engine running at 1/2
minutes: Replace
throttle or above)
27.5~ 29.5V
8. Check operating sound of battery relay (when
— Replace
switch is turned ON/OFF)
6.1.2 Troubleshooting precautions
• Park the machine on a hard, level ground. Make sure safety pins, blocks and machine brake are
functional.
• Workers in the same team must use the same signal system. Keep other personnel a safe dis-
tance away from the machine.
• If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot. Hot coolant may squirt out and cause
burns, wait for the engine to cool down before troubleshooting.
• Take care not to touch any hot parts or be caught by any rotating parts.
• Before disconnecting any electrical wiring, always disconnect the negative (–) post of battery.
• Before removing the plug or cap from any vessel that contains pressurized oil, water or air, re-
lease the internal pressure.
• When installing a measuring equipment, be sure to connect it properly.
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly,
and to prevent reoccurrence of the failure.
When carrying out troubleshooting, it is important to understand the structure and function.
However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator various questions to form
some idea of possible causes of the failure that would produce the reported symptoms.
1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components.

If components are disassembled immediately any failure occurs:
• Parts that have no connection with the failure or other unnecessary parts will be disassembled.
• It will become impossible to find the cause of the failure.
It will also cause a waste of man-hours, parts, or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also lose
the confidence of the user or operator.
For this reason, when carrying out troubleshooting, it is necessary to carry out thorough prior in-
vestigation and to carry out troubleshooting in accordance with the fixed procedure.
2. Points to ask user or operator:

1) Have any other problems occurred apart from the problem that has been reported?
2) Was there anything strange about the machine before the failure occurred?
3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or were there problems with the machine condition before this?
4) Under what conditions did the failure occur?
5) Had any repairs been carried out before the failure? When were these repairs carried out?
6) Has the same kind of failure occurred before?
3. Check before troubleshooting

1) Check the oil level.
2) Check for any external leakage of oil from the piping or hydraulic equipment.
3) Check the travel of the control levers.
4) Check the stroke of the control valve spool.
5) Other maintenance items can be checked externally, so check any item that is considered to be
necessary.
4. Confirming failure
• Confirm the extent of the failure yourself, and judge whether to handle it as a real failure or as a
problem with the method of operation, etc.
• When operating the machine to reenact the troubleshooting symptoms, do not carry out any in-
vestigation or measurement that may make the problem worse.
5. Troubleshooting
• Use the results of the investigation and inspection in Items 2 – 4 to narrow down the causes of
failure, then use the troubleshooting flowchart to locate the position of the failure exactly.
• The basic procedure for troubleshooting is as follows.
1) Start from the simple points.
2) Start from the most likely points.
3) Investigate other related parts or information.
6. Measures to remove root cause of failure

• Even if the failure is repaired, if the root cause of the failure is not repaired, the same failure will
occur again. To prevent this, always investigate why the problem occurred. Then, remove the
root cause.
6.1.3 Electrical circuits troubleshooting precautions
1. Always turn the power off before disconnecting or connect connectors.
2. Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
• Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.
3. Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
• If the power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary abnormality dis-
plays will be generated.

4. When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity, or
current), move the related wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no change
in the reading of the tester.
• If there is any change, there is probably defective contact in that circuit.
6.1.4 Hydraulic components handling precautions
With the increase in pressure and precision of

hydraulic equipment, the most common cause
of failure is dirt (foreign material) in the hy-
draulic circuit. When adding hydraulic oil, or
when disassembling or assembling hydraulic
equipment, it is necessary to be particularly
careful.
1. Be careful of the operating environment
Avoid adding hydraulic oil, replacing filters, or

repairing the machine in rain or high winds, or
places where there is a lot of dust.
2. Disassembly and maintenance work in the

field
If disassembly or maintenance work is carried

out on hydraulic equipment in the field, there
is danger of dust entering the equipment. It is
also difficult to confirm the performance after Fig.6-1
repairs, so it is desirable to use unit exchange.
Disassembly and maintenance of hydraulic
equipment should be carried out in a specially
prepared dust-proof workshop, and the per-
formance should be confirmed with special
test equipment.

3. Do not let any dirt or dust get in during refill-

ing operations.
Be careful not to let any dirt or dust get in

when refilling with hydraulic oil. Always keep
the oil filler and the area around it clean, and
also use clean pumps and oil containers. If an
oil cleaning device is used, it is possible to fil-
ter out the dirt that has collected during stor-
age, so this is an even more effective method.
4. Change hydraulic oil when the temperature Fig.6-2

is high.
When hydraulic oil or other oil is warm, it flows

easily. In addition, the sludge can also be
drained out easily from the circuit together
with the oil, so it is best to change the oil when
it is still warm. When changing the oil, as
much as possible of the old hydraulic oil must
be drained out. (Drain the oil from the hydraul-
ic tank; also drain the oil from the filter and
from the drain plug in the circuit.) If any old oil
is left, the contaminants and sludge in it will
mix with the new oil and will shorten the life of
the hydraulic oil.
5. Flushing operations
After disassembling and assembling the

equipment, or changing the oil, use flushing
oil to remove the contaminants, sludge, and
old oil from the hydraulic circuit. Normally,
flushing is carried out twice: primary flushing
is carried out with flushing oil, and secondary
flushing is carried out with the specified hy-
draulic oil.
Fig.6-3

6. Cleaning operations
After repairing the hydraulic equipment

(pump, control valve, etc.) or when running
the machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove
the sludge or contaminants in the hydraulic oil
circuit. The oil cleaning equipment is used to
remove the ultra fine (about 3μ) particles that
the filter built into the hydraulic equipment
cannot remove, so it is an extremely effective
device.
Fig.6-4
6.2 Measures taken when failure occurs

6.2.1 Failure-like phenomena
Note that the following phenomena are not

machine failures:
• The arm speed may drop suddenly when

retracting the arm with the work equipment
lowering unloaded and the arm in a nearly
vertical position.
Fig.6-5
• When the bucket tips are nearly parallel to

the ground, the bucket speed may drop
suddenly.
• The brake valve produces noise when start-
ing or stopping swinging operation.
• The travel motor produces noise when the
machine travels downhill at low speed.
Fig.6-6

6.2.2 Towing the Machine
WARNING
Towing the machine improperly or using
wire cables beyond the specif cation
could lead to serious injury or death.
• Make sure that the wire cables used for
towing the machine are strong enough,
which may otherwise result in
accidents.
• While towing the machine, do not use
wire cables with broken wires (A), re-
duced diameter (B) or knot in order to Fig.6-7
prevent rupture of the wire cables.
• Always wear protective gloves when
handling wire cables.
• Never tow the machine on a slope.
• Never stand between the towing ma-
chine and the towed machine when per-
forming towing operation.
• Operate the machine slowly and avoid
imposing sudden load on wire cable.
NOTE:
Allowable towing force: 334,000 N (34,083

kgf)
The towing operation must be performed with-

in the maximum towing capacity.

• If the machine is trapped in mud and cannot

move out of the mud with its own force, or
the towing force of excavator is occupied by
heavy object, wire cables can be used as
• Place wood blocks or other protective mate-
rials between where the wire cable contacts
the machine in order to prevent friction be-
tween the wire cable and the machine.
• Keep the wire cable parallel to the ground
and align its direction with that of the track
Fig.6-8
frame.
• Move at a speed of 1Km/h when towing the
machine. Tow the machine to a place suit-
able for repair. Never tow the machine over
a long distance.
• Towing of the machine is only allowed in
case of emergency.
Fig.6-9
6.3 Engine failures

6.3.1 Engine troubleshooting table
Check the engine according to the following table if any failure occurs to it. Contact your Sany dis-
tributor to repair the engine.
Failure Causes Remedy

●Battery dead
● Recharge/replace the battery.
● Battery that has disconnected
When ● Remove the corroded part.
Starter or loose cable, or is corroded.
the ● Replace the fuse.
failure or ● Fuse breaks.
engine ● Replace the start switch or relay.
reluctant ● Failure of start switch or start
fails to ● Repair/replace the start motor.
rotation. relay.
start ● Use engine oil with suitable
● Failure of start motor.
viscosity.
● Engine oil viscosity high.

● Fuel exhausted
● Fuel injector opening pressure
low. ● Refill the fuel and bleed the air.
● Failure of injection pump ● Adjust/replace the fuel injector.
delivery valve ● Replace the fuel delivery valve.
● Failure of control rack of ●Repair or replace the control
injection pump rack.
● Worn or stuck plunger of ● Replace the plunger assembly.
Starter is injection pump ● Start the engine in regular steps.
OK. ● Improper starting operation ● Bleed air from the fuel system.
● Air trapped in the fuel system ● Replace fuel filter or cartridge.
● Fuel filter plugged ● Clean/replace air cleaner
● Air cleaner plugged element.
● Clutch sideslip ● Repair/replace the clutch.
● Turbocharger intake hose ● Tighten the clamps with force.
clamp loose ● Replace the hose.
● Turbocharger intake hose
cracking
● Battery dead
Engine shuts down ● Idle speed low.
● Replace fuel filter or cartridge.
immediately after ● Fuel filter plugged
● Clean/replace air cleaner
starting. ● Air cleaner plugged
element.
● Failure of low idle controller
● Fuel system leaks or is
● Repair/replace low idle control
blocked.
system.
● Air trapped in the fuel system
● Repair the fuel system.
● Fuel system contains water.
● Pure the air from fuel system.
● Fuel filter plugged
● Change the fuel.
Low idle speed instable ● Failure of injection pump
● Replace fuel filter or cartridge.
● Bad adjustment of air valve
●Repair/replace related parts of
clearance
fuel injection pump.
● Broken cylinder gasket, worn
● Readjust air valve clearance.
cylinder liner, stuck or ruptured
● Replace relevant parts.
piston ring, or defective contact
between air valve and its seat
● Fuel filter plugged ● Replace fuel filter or cartridge.
● Fuel contaminated by water ● Change the fuel.
● Air cleaner plugged ● Clean/replace air cleaner
● Failure of fuel delivery pump element.
● Fuel injector activating ● Repair/replace fuel delivery
Power insufficient
pressure low; injection effect not pump
good ● Readjust/replace fuel injector.
● Failure of injection pump ● Repair/replace related parts.
● Exhaust gas leaks. ● Replace relevant parts.
●Air intake system leaks.

● Turbocharger assembly
damaged
● Exhaust pipe blocked
● Bad adjustment of air valve ● Replace turbocharge assembly.
clearance ● Clean the exhaust pipe.
● Soft or broken spring of air ● Adjust valve clearance.
valve ● Replace gas spring.
● Broken cylinder gasket, worn ● Replace relevant parts.
● Insufficiency of coolant
● Fan belt skids due to
● Refill coolant.
looseness or cracking.
● Replace fan belt.
● Radiator cap damaged or
● Replace radiator cap or clean
radiator core plugged
radiator core.
● Coolant pump damaged
● Repair/replace coolant pump.
● Coolant leaks due to broken
Engine overheated ● Replace seal cap.
cylinder head or cylinder block
seal cap
● Replace thermostat.
● Thermostat damaged
● Remove foreign object from the
● Cooling system blocked by
cooling system.
foreign object
● Readjust fuel injection timing.
● Improper adjustment of fuel
injection timing
● Air cleaner plugged
● Fuel injector activating
pressure low or bad injection ● Clean/replace air cleaner
effect element.
● Poor adjustment of fuel ● Readjust/replace fuel injector.
White exhaust gas injection timing ● Replace relevant parts.
● Fuel drips after injection due to ● Readjust fuel injection timing.
damage of fuel injection pump ● Replace fuel delivery valve.
delivery valve ● Readjust fuel injection amount.
● Excessive injection of the
injection pump
● Repair/replace related parts of
● Fuel leaks.
the fuel system.
● Air cleaner plugged
● Clean/replace air cleaner
● Low idle improper
Excessive element.
● Fuel injector activating
consumption of fuel ● Readjust low idle.
pressure low, or bad injection
● Adjust/replace fuel injector.
effect
● Readjust fuel injection timing.
● Fuel injection timing incorrect
● Replace fuel delivery valve.

● Fuel drips after injection due to

damage of fuel injection pump
delivery valve.
● Air leaks from the intake side
● Repair the intake side of
of turbocharger.
turbocharger.
● Turbocharger assembly
● Replace turbocharger assembly.
damaged
● Readjust valve clearance.
● Bad valve clearance
● Replace valve spring.
● Soft or broken valve spring
● Replace relevant parts.
● Broken cylinder gasket, worn
● Inappropriate engine oil used
● Excessive oil
● Oil leaks through oil seal and/ ● Use appropriate engine oil.
or gasket. ● Drain excessive oil.
● No preheating operation ● Replace oil seal and/or gasket.
Excessive
● Defective valve oil seal, or ● Follow the procedure specified
consumption of engine
wear of valve stem and valve ● Replace related parts.
oil
guide tube ● Replace piston ring or reset it
● Wear, rupture or improper properly.
setup of piston ring ● Replace cylinder liner.
● Scratch or wear of cylinder
liner
● Refill oil.
● Oil insufficient
● Use lubricant with proper
● Bad oil viscosity
viscosity.
● Oil leaks through oil seal and/
● Replace oil seal and/or gasket.
or gasket.
● Replace oil filter or cartridge.
Oil pressure low ● Oil filter plugged
● Replace spring of safety valve
● Stuck safety valve and/or soft
and/or bypass valve.
bypass valve spring
● Clean the screen of oil pump.
● Oil pump screen plugged
● Replace related parts of oil
● Wear of oil pump related parts
pump.
● Tighten exhaust pipe connector
● Exhaust pipe connector loose
or replace exhaust pipe.
or exhaust pipe broken
Strange ● Replace gasket and tighten fuel
Gas leaking ● Fuel injector loose
engine injector .
noise ● Exhaust manifold connector
noise ● Tighten the connector of exhaust
loose
manifold.
● Cylinder gasket broken
● Replace cylinder gasket.

● Fan belt loose

● Readjust belt tension.
● Cooling fan loose
Continous ● Tighten the cooling fan.
● Worn or damaged coolant
noise ● Replace coolant pump bearing.
pump bearing
● Readjust valve clearance.
● Bad valve clearance
6.3.2 Coolant temperature high
CAUTION
• Never remove the radiator cap when the coolant is still hot. Hot water or steam may
squirt and cause burns.
• Wait the coolant to cool down before removing the radiator cap.
NOTICE
• Do not stop the engine immediately. sudden rise of coolant temperature can cause en-
gine parts to burn.
• Refill the coolant slowly in several times. Quick filling of low-temperature coolant can
cause engine cracks.
When the coolant temperature gauge shows a temperature higher than 103 ° C, the coolant tem-
perature alert indicator will be on. Stop operating your machine and keep engine running at a
speed a little higher than idle in order to reduce temperature. When the pointer of coolant tempera-
ture gauge returns to the middle position, the alert indicator is off. Now, stop the engine and per-
form the following steps.

ing. See “Engine shutdown procedure pri-
or to maintenance” on page 2-70 and
“Lock out and tag out” on page 2-71.

1. Check radiator hoses for coolant leak.
2. Check V-belt for rupture. Check the belt

tension.
3. Check coolant level. Refill coolant if

necessary.
• Remove the radiator cap (1) and refill cool-
ant to the opening. Tighten the cap
properly.
4. Check the front of radiator for any

contaminants.
Fig.6-10
5. If your machine has coolant leak or often
encounters higher coolant temperature, the
cooling system has a problem.
6.3.3 Engine oil pressure low
When the engine is just started, the oil pres-

sure gauge indicates high pressure before the
engine is preheated. Check oil pressure after
the engine is fully preheated.
When engine oil pressure is abnormal, which

is shown on the monitor, stop operating your
machine, shut down the engine immediately,
and proceed as the following.
• Shut down the engine immediately. Keep

running the engine can cause damage to the
engine.

1. Check for oil leak.
2. Check engine oil level. Refill oil if

necessary.
• Remove the dipstick (1). Wipe off the oil on
it with cloth.
• Fully insert the dipstick (1) into oil and then
slowly pull it out.
• If oil level between the marks L and H, the
amount of oil is good.
• If oil level is low, add oil immediately. If en-
gine oil is contaminated, change the oil Fig.6-11
immediately.
• Replace the dipstick(1) after checking.
3. If engine oil level is normal but the oil pres-

sure gauge reads wrong, the low oil pressure
alert indicator and oil filter indicator will be on.
Contact your Sany distributor to solve the
problem.
Fig.6-12
6.3.4 When fuel runs out
When fuel exhausts, refuel the tank and purge

air from the fuel system before restarting the
engine.
WARNING
• Never use a lighter, smoke, or use other
fire sources when purging the air. A fire
source can cause fire.
• Completely remove engine oil or fuel
splashed onto the exhaust pipe and other
places. These oil and fuel can cause fire or
slipping accident.
• The space for air-purging operation is lim-
ited. Take care not to be cut by the edges

1. Turn the handle (1) of hand pump counter-

clockwise to unlock it.
Fig.6-13
2. Loosen the fuel filter vent plug(2) and cover

the vent with cloth.
Fig.6-14
3. Operate the hand pump to deliver fuel until

no foam is seen in the vent.
Fig.6-15

4. Screw on the vent plug (2) when no foam is

observed.
Fig.6-16
5. Keep pumping the fuel until high resistance

is felt.
With the fuel temperature is low, the pressure

of hand pump may not grow. It is important to
operate the hand pump many a time continu-
ously .
6. After eliminating the air, completely remove

the splashed fuel before starting the engine.
7. Make sure that no fuel leaks any more.
WARNING Fig.6-17
• Check the fuel filter and its shell for fuel

leak. The leak of fuel is possible to cause
fire.
6.3.5 When engine rotates reversely
WARNING
• Reverse rotation of engine can burn the engine within several minutes or cause severe
injury. Shut down the engine immediately once reverse rotation is found. The exhaust
gas from air cleaner is possible to cause fire.
The following symptoms can be used to identify reverse rotation of engine.

• High colliding sound produced after starting
• Heavy smoke coming out air cleaner
• Tachometer and oil pressure gauge giving no response
• Low oil pressure alert indicator on

Check and clean the air cleaner and intake hoses after shutting down the engine. Replace any de-
fective air cleaner or hose immediately.
6.4 Failures of the electrical system

6.4.1 Electrical system troubleshooting table
Trouble-shoot the electrical system according to the following tables. Contact your Sany distribu-
tor solve the problem.

Symptom Possible Causes Solution

● Battery low ● Recharge/replace the
● Engine start switch internal battery
● Pilot switch ● Replace
● Start motor ● Repair/replace
● Open circuit of wire ● Repair/replace
Engine fails to start
● Fuse failure ● Check/repair
● Short circuit of wire (grounding ● Replace
failure) ● Check/repair
● Alternator internal failure ● Repair/replace
● Start relay failure ● Replace
● Open circuit of wire harness
● Check/repair
● Sensor internal failure
● Replace
Rough engine speed ● Short circuit of wire (grounding
● Check/repair
failure)
● Replace
● Sensor internal failure
Unable to power off the ● Battery relay ● Replace
machine ● Breakdown of surge diode ● Replace
● Boom-up signal ● Check/repair
● Boom-down signal ● Check/repair
● Middle arm-in signal ● Check/repair
● Middle arm-out signal ● Check/repair
● Bucket-dig signal failure ● Check/repair
Auto idle fails
● Bucket-dump signal failure ● Check/repair
● Swing signal ● Check/repair
● Travel signal ● Check/repair
● Attachment signal ● Check/repair
● Controller ● Replace
● Preheat fuse
● Replace
● Preheat relay
Preheating function fails ● Replace
● Short circuit of wire (grounding
● Check/repair
failure)
● Hydraulic lockout control
●Short circuit of wire (grounding ● Repair/replace
All devices fail failure) ● Check/repair
● Failure of internal coil of pilot ● Replace
lockout valve
● Sensor
● Replace
● Short circuit of harness
● Check/repair
Boom slow and weak (grounding failure)
● Check/repair
● Open circuit of harness
● Replace
● Controller
● Replace
Arm slow and weak ● Sensor
● Check/repair


(grounding failure) ● Check/repair
● Open circuit of harness ● Replace
● Controller
● Sensor
● Short circuit of harness ● Replace
(grounding failure) ● Check/repair
Bucket slow and weak ● Open circuit of harness ● Check/repair
● Bucket confluence solenoid ● Replace
valve failure ● Replace
● Controller failure
● Sensor
● Replace
● Check/repair
Travel slow and weak (grounding failure)
● Check/repair
● Open circuit of harness
● Replace
● Controller
● Fuse
● Replace
● Open circuit of wire
● Check/repair
Monitor black-out ● Short circuit of wire (grounding
● Check/repair
failure)
● Replace
● Monitor
● Resistor
● Replace
● Wire - open circuit
● Check/repair
Monitor displays nothing. ● Wire - short circuit (grounding
● Check/repair
fault)
● Replace
● Monitor or Controller
● Dual travel speed solenoid valve
failure ● Replace
Dual-travel speed failure ● Open circuit of wire ● Check/repair
● Short circuit of wire (grounding ● Check/repair
failure)
● Coolant temperature sensor
failure ● Replace
Engine coolant temperature ● Open circuit of wire ● Check/repair
reading incorrect ● Short circuit of wire (grounding ● Check/repair
failure) ● Check/repair
● Wire - short circuit with 24V
● Fuel level sensor failure
● Replace
● Open circuit of wire
● Check/repair
Fuel level reading incorrect ● Short circuit of wire (grounding
● Check/repair
failure)
● Check/repair
● Wire - short circuit with 24V
Wiper failure ● Wiper motor - internal fault ● Repair/replace


● Wire - open circuit
● Check/repair
● Wire - short circuit (grounding
● Check/repair
fault)
● 5V power supply ● Repair/replace
Arm-in pilot pressure reading ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
incorrect ● Signal wire - Short circuit ● Check/repair
● Sensor ● Replace
Arm-out pilot pressure reading ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
Boom-up pilot pressure ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
reading incorrect ● Signal wire - Short circuit ● Check/repair
Boom-down pilot pressure ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
Bucket-dig pilot pressure ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
Bucket-dump pilot pressure ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
Swing pilot pressure reading ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
Travel pilot pressure reading ● Signal wire - open circuit ● Check/repair
6.4.2 Failure codes
The failure code displayed on the monitor can be used to make failure analysis. For more informa-
tion on failure codes see "GPS information" on page 3-16.

Table 6–1
Failure Code Symptom Alarm condition

RAM/EEPROM errors; Detect
E101 Controller inside failure
pause of handling Task
Controller inside temperature
Controller inside temp.
E102 is lower than -40°C or higher
abnormal
than 110°C for 10s
Sensor electrical source Detect the power of sensor ab-
E103
abnormal normal for 1s
Memory failure of GPS lock
E104 Memory failure
machine
Detect abnormi ty when CPU
works; Detect unrecoverable
error of memory failure; Detect
E105 CPU failure I2C communication pause;
Program is written abnormally;
Parameter is written
abnormally
Detect pause (1s) of receiving
CAN communication
E401 PNG or receive invalid date of
abnormal
PNG
Input signal is beyond range
E501 Fuel control dial abnormal from 0.25v to 4.75v above set
time (0.2s)
Collected voltage is beyond
H401 Hyd oil temp sensor abnormal range from 0.25v to 4.75v for
0.2s.
P402 Oil level sensor abnormal
H101 F.pump press abnormal
H102 R.pump press abnormal
H204 Arm-out pilot abnormal
H203 Arm-in pilot abnormal Input signal is beyond thresh-
H205 Boom-up pilot abnormal old range from 0.25v to 4.75v
H206 Boom-down pilot abnormal above set time (0.2s)
H202 Bucket-dig pilot abnormal

H201 Bucket-dump pilot abnormal
H209 Swing pilot abnormal
H207 Left travel pilot abnormal

Table 6–1 (continue)
H208 Right travel pilot abnormal

Boom big antrum press
H113
abnormal
H114 Cooling pump abnormal
F.pump wave current
H105
abnormal
R.pump wave current
H108
abnormal The current of proportional
H312 Rear pump proportional valve electromagnetic vale coil is
Arm concourse valve 2 above upper threshold for 1s;
H318
abnormal The current deviation value of
H321 Cooling pump valve abnormal proportional electromagnetic
vale coil is beyond ±0.1A
Boom concourse valve 2
H324
abnor.
Boom priority valve 1
H309
abnormal
H315 Hi-speed valve abnormal
The voltage of ON/OFF elec-
E703 Alarm(Light) relay abnormal
tromagnetic coil is abnormal.
E702 Start relay abnormal When the command is on,
E701 Shutdown relay abnormal threshold of voltage below
Alarm(Voice) relay abnormal 15V for 0.1s.When the com-
E704
mand is off, threshold of volt-
H327 Pilot valve abnormal
age above 3V for 0.1s.
P605 Fuel filter relay abnormal
The temperature of hydraulic
H402 Hyd oil temp high
oil is above 90°C.
The voltage is below 18W for
E201 Voltage Low
10s.
The voltage is above 32W for
E202 Voltage High
10s.
ECM sends the signal of oil
P101 Eng oil press low
pressure being too low.
ECM sends the signal of oil
P301 Coolant temp high
water temperature too high.
Fuel level is less than ten per-
P401 Fuel level low
cent for 10s.
P501 Air cleaner plugged Switch of air clearner plugged.

Table 6–1 (continue)
The switch is performing when

P601 Water separator abnormal water level of water seperator
is too high.
The switch is performing when
P606 Fuel filter system abnormal fuel filter systemr apperas
larm.
There is something wrong with
P100 Engine abnormal
engine.
Switch of Fuel filter element
P603 Fuel filter element plugged
plugged.
6.5 Battery
6.5.1 Overview
WARNING
• It is dangerous to charge a battery
mounted on the machine. Remove the bat-
tery before charging it.
• Turn the ignition key to the OFF position to
shut down the engine when you check or
handle the batteries.
• Always wear goggles and rubber gloves
when you handle the batteries.
• To remove the battery, disconnect the neg-
ative post (-) first. To install the battery,
Fig.6-18
connect the positive post (+) first. If you
tool contact the positive post and chassis
at the same time, sparks may occur. Take
extra care.
• A loose terminal can result in improper
contact, which may cause sparks and
explosion.
• Check which terminal is positive (+) or neg-
ative (-) when you install or remove it.

6.5.2 Battery removal and installation
• Disconnect the grounding cable (generally

the one in connection with the negative ter-
minal (-)) before removing the battery.
• Sparks can occur if your tool touches the
positive terminal and the chassis.
• Secure the battery with clamping plates
when changing the battery.
• Disconnect the negative post before the
positive post when you are to remove the
battery.
• Connect the positive post before the nega-
tive post when you are to install the battery.
6.5.3 Battery charging
Improper handling can result in explosion

when the battery is charged. Follow instruc-
tions on battery and charger, and proceed the
procedure below:
• Regulate the charger to the voltage applica-

ble to the battery. Incorrect voltage can over
heat the charger and cause explosion.
• Connect the charger's positive clip (+) to
the battery's positive terminal (+). Connect
the charger's negative clip (-) to the bat-
tery's negative terminal (-). The wire clips
must be fixed.
• Regulate the charging current to 1/10 of the
rated capacity of battery. In case of quick
charging, regulate the charging current to a
level below the rated capacity of battery. Fig.6-19
Larger charging current may cause leakage
or evaporation of electrolyte, hence fire and
explosion.
• If the battery electrolyte freezes, do not
charge the battery, or use an alternate
power supply to start the engine. Charging
a frozen battery may cause electrolyte to
catch on fire and the battery to explode.
6.5.4 Starting engine with jumper cable
6.5.4.1 Overview
• Never let the positive post (+) contact with

the negative post (-) when connecting the
cables.
• Keep the normal machine away from the
faulty one to prevent sparks around the bat-
tery which may ignite the hydrogen re-
leased from the battery.
• Avoid mistakes in connection of the jumper
cable. Its final connection with upper struc-
ture of the machine can produce sparks. In
this case, the battery shall be connected to
Fig.6-20
a location that is far enough from the bat-
tery. (However, the work equipment should
be avoided as it is not a good conductor.)
• When removing the jumper cables, take
care not to allow the cables clips to contact
with each other or with the chassis.
NOTE:
• The start system of the machine is supplied
with a 24V power source. Two 12V batteries
are connected serially to supply power
under normal operating conditions.
• The sizes of jumper cables and clips shall
match the battery.
• The battery of the starting machine shall
have the same capacity as the engine to be
started.
• Check the cables and clips for damage or
corrosion.
• Make sure that the cables and clips are
connected securely.
• Check if the hydraulic lockout controls of
both machines are in the locked position.
• Check if all control levers are neutralized.

6.5.4.2 Connecting jumper cables
Turn the start switches of the normal machine

and the faulty one to OFF position.
Connect the jumper cables in the numbered

sequence, as shown in the diagram.
1. Connect the clip of jumper cable (A) to the

positive terminal (+) of battery (C) of the faulty
machine.
2. Connect the clip on the other end of jumper

cable (A) to the positive terminal (+) of battery
(D) of the normal machine.
3. Connect the clip of jumper cable (B) to the

negative terminal of battery (D) of the normal
machine.
4. Connect the clip on the other end of jumper

cable (B) to the swivel frame (E) of the faulty Fig.6-21
machine.
6.5.4.3 Starting engine
• Check the machine and make sure the hy-

draulic lockout control is placed in the
locked position and the all the control levers
are neutralized.
1. Make sure the clips are securely connected

with terminals of the battery.
2. Start the engine of the good machine and

run it at high idle.
3. Turn the start switch of the faulty machine

to "START" position and start the engine.
If the engine fails to start, wait for two minutes

before attempting to restart it.
6.5.4.4 Disconnecting jumper cables
After the engine is started, disconnect the

jumper cables in steps reversed to their
connection.

1. Disconnect the clip of the jumper cable (B)

from the swivel frame (E) of the faulty
machine.
2. Disconnect the clip of the jumper cable (B)

from the negative terminal (-) of battery (D) of
the normal machine.
3. Disconnect the clip of jumper cable (A) from

the positive terminal (+) of battery (D) of the
normal machine.
4. Disconnect the clip of jumper cable (A) from

Fig.6-22
the positive terminal (+) of battery (C) of the
faulty machine.
6.6 Failures of the hydraulic system
• Trouble-shoot the hydraulic system according to the following tables. Contact your Sany distrib-
utor solve the problem.
• Set the working mode to S and the fuel control dial to position 10 before troubleshooting


● Bad adjustment or
main relief valve
failure ● Replace
Work equipment moving slowly, or travel and ● Pilot relief valve ● Replace
swing speed slow failure ● Repair/replace
● Regulator failure ● Check/repair
● Plunger pump
failure
● Pilot pump relief
valve failure ● Replace
Work equipment, final drive or swing drive not
● Hydraulic pump ● Check/repair
functioning
failure ● Check/repair
● Coupling failure
● Hydraulic oil level
low
● Bad hydraulic oil ● Refill hydraulic oil
● Hydraulic tank cap ● Use suitable hyd oil
Abnormal noise in hydraulic pump vent plugged ● Clean/replace
● Hydraulic tank filter ● Clean/replace
screen plugged ● Check/repair
● Plunger pump
failure
● Sensor failure ● Replace
Auto idle not functioning ● Pilot valve failure ● Replace
● Controller failure ● Repair/replace
● Right pilot valve
(boom circuit) failure
● Pressure sensor
failure
● Boom control valve ● Check/repair
(spool) failure ● Replace
● Boom control valve ● Repair/replace
Boom speed slow
(retaining valve) ● Repair/replace
failure ● Repair/replace
● Boom control valve ● Check/repair
(Safety valve and feed
valve) seal failure
● Boom cylinder
failure
● Left pilot valve (arm ● Check/repair
circuit) failure ● Replace
Arm speed slow
● Pressure sensor ● Repair/replace

● Arm control valve

(spool) failure
(regeneration valve)
● Repair/replace
failure
● Check/repair
valve) or seal failure
● Arm cylinder failure

● Right pilot valve
(bucket circuit) failure
● Pressure sensor
failure
● Bucket control valve ● Check/repair
(spool) failure ● Replace
● Bucket control valve ● Repair/replace
Bucket speed slow
(regeneration valve) ● Repair/replace
● Bucket control valve ● Check/repair
valve) or seal failure
● Bucket cylinder
failure
● Pilot valve failure
● Pressure sensor
● Check/repair
failure
One cylinder of work equipment not working ● Replace
● Work equipment
● Repair/replace
control valve (spool)
failure
● Work equipment cyl-
inder failure ● Repair/replace
● Retaining valve (of ● Repair/replace
Work equipment cylinder drifting excessively
boom or arm) failure ● Repair/replace
● Work equipment ● Repair/replace
control valve (safety

valve and feed valve)

seal failure
● Work equipment
valve spool failure
● Arm regeneration
valve failure
● Repair/replace
Work equipment sluggish ● Control valve
● Repair/replace
(safety valve and feed
valve) failure
Other work equipment moves when single cyl- ● Control valve seal
●Replace
inder is in relief. failure
Travel speed drops remarkably during swing or ● Straight travel valve
● Repair/replace
travel operation. failure
● Travel pilot valve
failure
● Pilot relief valve
failure
● Repair/replace
● Regulator failure
● Replace
● Proportional
● Repair/replace
solenoid valve
● Repair/replace
Machine runs out during travel sluggish
● Repair/replace
● Travel valve spool
● Repair/replace
sluggish
● Repair/replace
● Central swivel joint
● Replace
sluggish
● Travel motor failure
● Travel pilot pressure
sensor failure
failure
● Pilot relief valve ● Repair/replace
failure ● Replace
● Sensor failure ● Replace
Travel speed slow
● Travel control valve ● Repair/replace
(spool) failure ● Repair/replace
● Travel control valve ● Check/repair
(feed valve) failure
● Repair/replace.
● Replace
failure
Machine steering difficult or power insufficient ● Repair/replace
● Travel pilot pressure
● Repair/replace
sensor failure
● Repair/replace

● Travel control valve

(spool) failure
● Travel control valve
(feed) failure
● Repair/replace
● Travel motor (safety
valve) failure
● Travel motor (check
valve) failure
● High/low travel
speed shift valve ● Replace
Unable to shift travel speed
failure ● Check/repair
● Travel control pedal
valve failure
● Travel motor safety ● Repair/replace
valve failure ● Repair/replace
Travel fails (on one side) ● Travel motor ● Repair/replace
balance valve failure ● Check/repair
● Travel motor failure ● Replace
● Pilot pressure
sensor failure
● Swing motor
(parking brake) failure
● Check/repair
● Misadjustment or
● Adjust/replace
In both directions failure of swing motor
● Check/repair
(safety valve)
● Check/repair
● Swing motor failure
Unable to swing ● Swing drive failure
● Pilot valve failure
● Swing control valve ● Repair/replace
In one direction (spool) failure ● Repair/replace
● Swing motor (feed ● Replace
valve) seal failure
● Swing motor
(parking brake) failure ● Check/repair
● Misadjustment or ● Adjust/replace
Acceleration perform- failure of swing motor ● Check/repair
Swing speed slow
ance bad (safety valve) ●Removeobstr
● Swing motor failure uctionorreplac
● Brake control line e t h e pipeline.
blocked
● Pilot valve failure ● Repair/replace
Bad a c c e l e r a t i o
Swing speed slow ● Swing motor ● Repair/replace
n performance on one
(pressure ● Replace

side or swing speed compensation valve)

slow failure
● Swing motor (feed
valve) seal failure
● Repair/replace
● Leak on one side
the shuttle valve of
swing pilot pressure
sensor
● Bad adjustment or
failure of swing motor ● Adjust/replace
In both directions
(safety valve) ● Check/repair
● Swing motor failure
Too much overrun in
swing stoppage ● Pilot valve failure
● Swing control valve ● Repair/replace
In one direction (spool) failure ● Repair/replace
● Swing motor (feed ● Replace
valve) seal failure
● Swing pilot valve
failure
● Repair/replace
● Swing anti-jerk
Too much jerk in swing stoppage ● Repair/replace
valve failure
● Repair/replace
● Swing relief valve
failure
● Back pressure valve
failure
● Swing motor (safety ● Repair/replace
valve) failure ● Repair/replace
High abnormal noise in swing stoppage
● Swing motor (feed ● Repair/replace
valve) failure ● Check/repair
● Swing system
mechanical failure
● Swing brake control
When swing brake line failure ● Check/repair
engaged ● Swing motor ● Repair/replace
(parking brake) failure
Excessive hydraulic ● Swing control valve
drift of swing (spool) failure
● Repair/replace
When swing brake ● Swing motor (relief
● Repair/replace
disengaged valve) failure
● Repair/replace
● Swing motor (feed
valve) failure

6.7 Other Common Failures

● Loose fastener ● Check and retighten.
Structure member
● Bigger clearance between arm ● Reduce the clearance to a
noise loud
and bucket end faces due to wear value that is smaller than 1mm.
● Spring deformed and weak due
Bucket tip falls off to repeated use of bucket tip pin
● Replace bucket tip pin
during operation. ● Bucket tip pin not matching the
adaptor
● Loose track ● Tighten the track
Track kinks. ● Traveling at high speed on rough ● Travel slowly on rough road in
road in the direction of sprocket the direction of idler.
● Improper electrical connection or
connector contact
● Air flow control switch, relay or
Fan not working temperature control switch ● Repair/replace.
damaged
● Fuse exploded or battery voltage
low
● Air intake side blocked
● Evaporator or condenser fin
Fan running but
plugged, giving ineffective heat ● Clean/replace.
producing less air flow
conduction
● Fan vane seized or damaged
● Compressor clutch not picking
● Repair
up due to wire break or defective
contact of electrical circuit
Compressor not ● Adjust the tension of
● Loose compressor belt
working or working compressor belt
● Wire break or failure of
with difficulty ● Replace clutch coil
compressor clutch coil
● Refill/drain the refrigerant to a
● Insufficient or excessive
suitable level
refrigerant
● Eliminate the leaking point.
● Refrigerant leaks.
Refrigerant insufficient ● Refill suitable amount of
● Insufficient refilling
refrigerant
High/low pressure ● Ambient temperature：30 ～ 50℃
reading in normal ● High pressure gauge: 1.47 ～ 1.67MPa(15 ～ 17kgf/cm2)
operation ● Low pressure gauge: 0.13 ～ 0.20MPa(1.4 ～ 2.11kgf/cm2)
Low
● Expansion valve opening ● Replace expansion valve.
pres Low pressure
excessively. ● Install thermo-bulb correctly.
sure tube surface
● Defective contact of expansion ● Drain refrigerant to the
gauge frosted
valve thermo-bulb specified level.
reads


high ● Excessive refrigerant in the
er. system
Both high and
low pressure
gauge ● Refill refrigerant to the
Low ● Refrigerant insufficient
readings lower specified level.
pres the standard
sure value.
gauge
Low pressure ● Low pressure hose blocked;
reads ● Repair the system. Replace
gauge could expansion valve blocked by ice or
lower. reservoir in case of ice blockage.
read negative. contaminants.
Evaporator
● Thermostat failure ● Replace thermostat.
frozen
Expansion valve inlet
● Expansion valve blocked. ● Clean/replace expansion valve
felt cool and frosted.
Expansion valve outlet
is not felt cool. Low ● Expansion valve thermo-tube or
● Replace expansion valve.
pressure could be bulb leaks.
negative.
Both high/ low
pressure ● Empty the system and vacuate
High ● Air trapped in circulation system to refill refrigerant.
gauges read
pres ● Excessive refrigerant refilled. ● Drain refrigerant to the
higher than
sure specified level.
standard
gauge
value.
reads
Bad
high ● Condenser blocked by dust and
condensing ● Clean the condenser.
er. debris
effect of ● Check/replace condenser fan.
● Condenser fan damaged
condenser.
Both high and
low pressure
gauges read
High
lower.
pres ● Refrigerant insufficient ● Refill refrigerant as required
Low pressure
sure ● Low pressure line blocked/ ● Clean/replace faulty
could be
gauge damaged component
negative.
reads ● Compressor internal fault ● Replace compressor.
Condenser
lower.
and high
pressure tube
hot

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Specifications
Specifications
7 Specifications ...................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Machine dimensions.............................................................................................................7-3
7.2 Working ranges .....................................................................................................................7-4
7.3 Technical specifications .......................................................................................................7-5

Specifications SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
WARNING

7.Specifications
7.1 Machine dimensions
Fig.7-1
Fig.7-2

7.2 Working ranges
Fig.7-3

7.3 Technical specifications


SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator Optional equipment
Optional equipment
8 Optional equipment ......................................................................................................8-1

8.1.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................8-5
8.1.2 Optional equipment selection....................................................................................8-5
8.1.3 Read equipment instruction.......................................................................................8-5
8.1.4 Optional equipment removal and installation precautions ....................................8-5
8.1.5 Optional equipment operation precautions .............................................................8-6
8.2 Hydraulic control elements and oil circuit ..........................................................................8-8
8.2.1 Component locations..................................................................................................8-8
8.2.1.1 Overview ...............................................................................................................8-8
8.2.1.2 Attachment control pedal....................................................................................8-9
8.2.1.3 Stop valve .............................................................................................................8-9
8.2.1.4 Selector valve.................................................................................................... 8-10
8.2.2 Hydraulic circuit ........................................................................................................ 8-10
8.2.2.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 8-10
8.2.2.2 Hydraulic circuit switching ............................................................................... 8-10
8.2.2.3 Switching between breaker and general attachment ...................................8-11
8.2.2.4 Connecting hydraulic oil circuit ........................................................................8-11
8.2.2.5 Hydraulic oil path .............................................................................................. 8-12
8.2.3 Attachment removal and installation ..................................................................... 8-13
8.2.3.1 Removal ............................................................................................................. 8-13
8.2.3.2 Installation.......................................................................................................... 8-15
8.2.4 Hydraulic oil and filter - change/replace................................................................ 8-17
8.2.5 Long-term storage.................................................................................................... 8-18
8.3 Recommended Operations............................................................................................... 8-18
8.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 8-18
8.3.2 Hydraulic breaker ..................................................................................................... 8-19
8.3.3 Hydraulic breaker operation ................................................................................... 8-19
8.3.4 Restricted operations............................................................................................... 8-21
Optional equipment SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
8.3.5 Hydraulic breaker greasing..................................................................................... 8-24

8.4 Quick coupler...................................................................................................................... 8-25
8.4.1 Quick coupler control............................................................................................... 8-25
8.4.2 Precautions for quick coupler safe operation....................................................... 8-26
8.5 Fueling system ................................................................................................................... 8-28
8.5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 8-28
8.5.2 Fueling system makeup .......................................................................................... 8-28
8.6 Central lubrication system ................................................................................................ 8-29
8.6.1 Lubrication scheme and system makeup ............................................................. 8-29
8.6.2 Working principle...................................................................................................... 8-31
8.6.3 Lubrication time setup ............................................................................................. 8-32
8.6.4 Technical description ............................................................................................... 8-34
8.6.5 Grease filling ............................................................................................................. 8-34


WARNING

8.Optional equipment
8.1 Safety information

8.1.1 Overview
Observe the following precautions when se-

lecting, installing and operating attachments
or optional equipment of the machine.
8.1.2 Optional equipment selection
• Please consult Sany distributor before in-

stalling any optional equipment to your ma-
chine. You may need to install front guard,
top guard or other protective structures to
your machine according to the type of at-
tachment or other optional equipment
selected.
• You are only allowed to install Sanyap-
proved optional equipment. Sany assumes
no responsibility to accidents, loss or fail-
ures caused by any optional equipment not
approved by Sany.
8.1.3 Read equipment instruction
• Make sure you have read and understand

the instruction manuals of your machine as
well as the optional equipment before instal-
ling and operating any optional equipment.
• If the instruction manual of the machine
and/or the optional equipment is lost,
please contact the make of the optional
equipment or Sany distributor to obtain a
new one.
8.1.4 Optional equipment removal and installation precautions
The following items must be observed in order

to ensure safety when removing or installing
the optional equipment.

• The removal or installation operation shall

be performed on a hard, level ground.
• When the job is shared by two or more per-
sons, a commander is to be assigned and
his/her instruction must be followed.
• Crane shall be used when handling heavy
object above 25 kg. (Only eligible, experi-
enced personnel with official license are al-
lowed to operate the crane.)
• Never stand under any lifted objects by the
crane.
• Do not operate your machine when an ob-
ject is being lifted with crane during removal
or installation. Support can be used to pre-
vent falling from the object when necessary.
• When a heavy part is to be removed, it is
necessary to consider the impact to ma-
chine balance after removal. To prevent the
machine from tipping over, support your
machine, if necessary, before removing the
heavy component.
• Before or after the optional equipment has
been installed or removed, make sure that it
is stable without the danger to tip.
• For more information about removal and in-
stallation please consult Sany distributor.
8.1.5 Optional equipment operation precautions
Keep the following procedures in mind when

installing a larger or heavy optional equip-
ment. Prior to the operation, move your ma-
chine to a safe ground for trial operation.
Make sure that you know very well the move-
ment, center of gravity, and working range of
your machine.
• If the machine stays inclined, swinging op-

eration is not allowed in order to prevent tip-
ping of the machine.

• Keep a safe distance to surrounding bar-

riers during operation.
• Pay attention to the following points when
installing a heavy optional equipment.
– Heavy optional equipment probably re-

quires a larger space for swinging oper-
ation. There might be the danger of
impacting other objects if the swinging
range has not been calculated accu-
rately. A larger space must be prepared
before performing the swinging
operation.
– When the lifting of heavy optional equip-

ment is held, the distance moving down-
ward is relatively longer due to gravity.
In this case, it should be lowered to the
ground instead of being held in air.
– Never swing, lower or stop your ma-

chine suddenly in order to prevent it
from tipping over.
– Never extend or retract the boom cylin-

der suddenly in order to prevent impact
that may cause the machine to tip.

8.2 Hydraulic control elements and oil circuit

8.2.1 Component locations
8.2.1.1 Overview
Fig.8-1
(1) Stop valve (3) Control pedal

(2) Selector valve

8.2.1.2 Attachment control pedal
This pedal is used to control the attachment.
Step on the front, center, or rear part of the

pedal to perform the following operations:
• Hydraulic breaker
Front part (A): Operate
Rear part (B): Stop
NOTE: For other attachments you need to

consult attachment maker before installation.
You must be sure of pedal and attachment op-
eration prior to application. Fig.8-2
8.2.1.3 Stop valve
The stop valve is used to stop the flow of hy-

draulic oil.
• FREE position (A) allows flow of the hy-

draulic oil.
• LOCK position (B) stops flow of the hydraul-
ic oil.
Switch the valve to locked position when re-

moving or installing an attachment.
Fig.8-3

8.2.1.4 Selector valve
The selector valve is used to change the flow

direction of hydraulic oil.
The change of direction is made according to

the working mode selected. The working
mode must be applicable to the installed at-
tachment. For more information, see "Hy-
draulic circuit" on page 8-8.
Fig.8-4
8.2.2 Hydraulic circuit
8.2.2.1 Overview
• When a breaker is installed on the machine, the return circuit must be connected directly to the
return filter. Therefore, do not use the return circuit except for mode B. For a machine that has
no breaker lines, if customer adds breaker lines personally to the machine, the return line must
have a filter. The breaker lines installation and the filtering system must be agreed by your Sany
distributor. Failure to do so can cause problems and the customer has to bear the losses there
of.
• Standard pressure of the safety valve in the service valve was set at the factory before delivery.
When mode B is selected, this pressure is set at 20.6 MPa {210 kgf/cm²}. When hydraulic shear
mode is chosen, this pressure is set at 20.6/31.4 MPa (210/320 kgf/cm²). Further adjustment
may be needed depending on the type of attachment. In this case, please contact Sany distribu-
tor for adjustment.
8.2.2.2 Hydraulic circuit switching
• Select a working mode on the monitor according to attachment type as per the following
standards.
• The set pressures of the safety valve in the service valve and for the switch of hydraulic line are
determined by the working mode selected.

Table 8–1
Attachment Mode Hydraulic line Safety valve set

pressure
One-way hydraulic B Hydraulic path forms Before delivery:
attachment (e.g. automatically at the 20.6Mpa {210kgf/
breaker) control valve where cm²}
the return oil does not
pass through.
Dual-action hydraulic S Hydraulic path forms Before delivery: 20.6/
attachment (e.g. hy- automatically at the 31.4 MPa {210/
draulic shear) control valve where 320kgf/cm²}
the return oil passes NOTE:
through. Closing: 320 kgf/cm²
Opening: 210 kgf/cm²
8.2.2.3 Switching between breaker and general attachment
• When an attachment is installed and mode B is selected:

(1) Breaker hydraulic path (one-way hydraulic path) is formed.
(2) The overflow valve is set to low pressure.
When delivered from the factory: 20.6 MPa {210 kgf/cm2}
• When an attachment is installed and mode S is selected.
(1) Shear hydraulic path (dual-action hydraulic path) is formed.
(2) The overflow valve is set to high pressure.
When delivered from the factory: 31.4 MPa {320 kgf/cm2, 3980PSI}
8.2.2.4 Connecting hydraulic oil circuit
Connect the hydraulic lines as per the follow-

ing steps when an attachment is installed.
1. Check the stop valve and make sure it is in

the locked position (B).
• FREE position (A) allows flow of hydraulic
oil. (The arrow is parallel to the arm).
• LOCK p o s i t i o n (B) s t o p s f l ow o f h y
d r a u l i c o i l . ( T h e a r r o w i s perpen-
dicular to the arm).
Fig.8-5

2. Remove the screw plug (1) from the end of

the stop valve line.
NOTE: Do not damage or discard removed

parts.
Fig.8-6
3. When plug (1) is removed, the attachment

maker is responsible for the connection of at-
tachment pipelines (2).
Coupler sizes and additional accumulator

may vary according to different attachment
makers. Please consult Sany distributor in this
regard.
Fig.8-7
8.2.2.5 Hydraulic oil path
The operating directions of the pedal and hydraulic path are shown below.

Fig.8-8
Stepping on the front half of the pedal, oil flows to the line on the left side of work equipment; step-
ping on the rear half of the pedal, oil flows to the line on the right side of work equipment. (Only the
front half of the pedal can be used when hydraulic breaker is applied.)
8.2.3 Attachment removal and installation
8.2.3.1 Removal
1. Lower the work equipment to the ground

and shut down the engine.
2. Turn the start switch to ON position (B), and

move the hydraulic lockout control to unlocked
position.
3. Move all control levers in all directions and

press the control pedal for 2-3 times within 15
seconds after the lockout control is move the
unlocked position in order to relieve the inter-
nal pressure in the hydraulic lines. Fig.8-9


locked position.
Fig.8-10
5. The breather valve (1) on top of the hydraul-

ic tank is used to release the internal pressure
of the hydraulic lines.
To release the pressure completely, turn and

open the butterfly nut on the breather valve
(1) and press the relief button to release the
pressure.
Fig.8-11
6. When the hydraulic oil has cooled down,

turn the stop valve (mounted to the inlet and
outlet lines to the side of the arm) to locked
position (B).
oil. (The arrow is parallel to arm length).
• LOCK p o s i t i o n (B) s t o p s f l ow o f h y
d r a u l i c o i l . ( T h e a r r o w i s perpen-
dicular to arm length).
7. Disconnect the hose at the side of the at-

tachment. Install the screw plugs to the two
Fig.8-12
outlets.
Note: The screw plugs are used to avoid in-

trusion of foreign objects. Store the discon-
nected attachment properly when the screw
plugs are in place.

8. Remove the two retaining pins, remove the

attachment, and install the bucket. For more
information on bucket installation procedures,
see "Bucket - replace" on page 5-30.
9. Check the oil level in the hydraulic tank

when the bucket is installed properly.
Fig.8-13
8.2.3.2 Installation
1. Remove the bucket.
2. Place the attachment on a flat surface. In-

stall the attachment to the arm with the pin (1)
followed by the pin (2).
3. Lower the equipment to the ground and

shut down the engine.
Fig.8-14
4. Turn the start switch to the ON position, and

place the hydraulic lockout control to the un-
locked position.
5. Move all control levers in all directions and

press the control pedal for 2-3 times within 15
seconds after the lockout control is move the
unlocked position in order to relieve the inter-
nal pressure in the hydraulic lines.
Fig.8-15


locked position.
Fig.8-16
7. The breather valve (3) on top of the hydraul-

ic tank can be used to release the internal
pressure of the hydraulic lines.
To release the pressure completely, turn and

open the butterfly nut on the breather valve
(3) and press the relief button to release the
pressure.
8. Check the temperature of the hydraulic oil,

which should be cooled down to a safe tem-
perature. Remove the two screw plugs from
the inlet and outlet. Be careful not to contami-
Fig.8-17
nate the hose connections with any dirt or
soil.
If the O-ring is broken, replace it with a new

one.
9. Connect the hose to the side of the

attachment.
When connecting the hose, check the oil flow

direction and be careful not to make any
mistakes.

10.Turn the rotor of the stop valve (mounted

to the inlet and outlet lines to the side of the
arm) to unlocked position (A).
oil. (The arrow is parallel to arm length).
• LOCK position (B) stops flow of hydraulic oil
. ( T h e a r r o w i s perpendicular to arm
length).
11.Check the oil level in hydraulic tank after

installation of the attachment.
Fig.8-18
8.2.4 Hydraulic oil and filter - change/replace
• Hydraulic breaker application causes faster contamination of the hydraulic system and deterio-
ration of hydraulic oil. As a result, the hydraulic oil and filter shall be replaced in shorter intervals,
as compared with machines installed with buckets. Otherwise, damage could occur in the hy-
draulic breaker, hydraulic pump and other hydraulic components. Recommended replacement
intervals are listed below. For information on how to change hydraulic oil and filter see "Oil in hy-
draulic tank - change" on page 5-86 and "Hydraulic oil suction filter element – clean/replace" on
page 5-77.
Change interval (unit: hour)

Table 8–2
Machine with Hydraulic Machine with Common Bucket

Breaker
Hydraulic oil 600 2000/4000
Filter element 100 1000/2000
NOTE:
• The figures in the above table are determined at 100 percent operation with hydraulic breaker.
As the operating hours of hydraulic breaker reduce, the change intervals could be prolonged
correspondingly as shown in the following chart.
• The filter cartridge must be replaced after the breaker has been operated for 100 hours.

Fig.8-19
8.2.5 Long-term storage
The following procedures shall be followed

when the equipment is to be stored for a long
period of time.
• Turn the stop valve to locked position.

• Screw the plug on the valve.
• Place the latch pin to locked position.
Operating the pedal with no breaker or gener-

al attachment installed may cause overheat-
ing or other problems.
8.3 Recommended Operations

8.3.1 Overview
The following instructions must be followed

when operating an excavator with attachment.
NOTE: The types and models of attachments

depends on the model of your machine. Con-
sult your Sany distributor for attachment
selection.

8.3.2 Hydraulic breaker
Major applications:
• Crushing rocks
• Demolition
• Road construction
This attachment is used in a wide range of ap-

plications, such as demolishing a building,
breaking road surface or slag, channeling,
crushing rocks, and breaking operation at
quarry.
Fig.8-20
8.3.3 Hydraulic breaker operation
1. Press the breaker chisel vertically and firmly

onto the object to be broken during breaking
operation.
Fig.8-21

2. Press the breaker chisel tightly onto the

working surface when striking and slightly
raise the front of the undercarriage about 5
mm (0.2 in) from the ground, as shown in the
right illustration.
NOTE: The excavator shall not be raised too

much.
Fig.8-22
3. If the same surface cannot be penetrated or

broken by the chisel within one minute under
continuous striking, change the struck position
and try to break it near the edge.
Fig.8-23
4. The chisel's penetrating direction will mis-

align gradually to the working direction of
breaking hammer. It is important to align them
by readjusting the bucket cylinder.
Fig.8-24

5. Always press the chisel properly on the

working surface in order to prevent striking
without resistance.
Fig.8-25
8.3.4 Restricted operations
Do not operate your machine in any of the fol-

lowing manners in order to ensure a longer
service life and safe operation.
• Do not operate any of the oil cylinders to its
full stroke. A distance of 5 cm (2 in) is to be
reserved for backup.
1. Accumulating rocks with the breaker.
Fig.8-26

2. Breaking with swinging force.
Fig.8-27
3. Moving the chisel during striking operation.
Fig.8-28
4. Keep the chisel level or upward during strik-

ing operation.
Fig.8-29

5. Swing the chisel when the rock has been

penetrated.
Fig.8-30
6. Pecking operation.
Fig.8-31
7. Raise your machine above ground by fully

extending the bucket cylinder and by the
pushing force.
Fig.8-32

8.3.5 Hydraulic breaker greasing
Grease the breaker at specified point

correctly.
Fig.8-33
NOTE:
• Greasing in an improper manner could add
grease more than desired. As a result, soil
and sand may enter the hydraulic system,
which can damage the hydraulic compo-
nents when using the breaker.
• So the breaker must be greased in appro-
priate attitude.
Fig.8-34
Fig.8-35

8.4 Quick coupler

8.4.1 Quick coupler control
1. Remove the safety pin of the quick coupler.
Fig.8-36
2. Depress the quick coupler button (1) (auto

reset) on the left joystick to reduce the open-
ing of the flexible jaw and the fixed jaw slowly.
Fig.8-37
3. Allow the fixed jaw to slowly grip the support

pin (2) of the bucket, as shown in the right
illustration.
Fig.8-38

4. Extend the bucket cylinder to slowly move

the flexible jaws toward the support pin (3) of
the bucket.
Fig.8-39
5. Make sure that the jaws of the quick coupler

grip completely the support pin (3) of the
bucket.
6. Release the operation button to enable the

quick coupler to grip the bucket's support pin
before conducting other operations.
7. Insert the safety pin after installation.
Fig.8-40
8.4.2 Precautions for quick coupler safe operation
1. Installation of the quick coupler may contrib-

ute to longer swing radius when operation the
bucket of other attachments. As a result, the
work equipment may interfere with the cab or
boom of the machine.
If a quick coupler has been installed, retract

the bucket fully (bucket cylinder fully ex-
tended) before retracting the arm. To avoid in-
terference with the boom, never retract the
arm fully (arm cylinder fully extended) before
retracting the bucket.
Fig.8-41

2. Overloaded operation may impair your ma-

chine and the attachment, thus reducing their
service life.
Fig.8-42
3. Do not apply pressure when the quick cou-

pler touches the ground. Use the coupler only
when it is connected with the bucket or other
attachment.
4. It is very dangerous to move a heavy object

with the quick coupler. Meanwhile, the service
life of quick coupler could be reduced.
NOTE: Consult Sany local authorized dealer if

you need to install a quick coupler. Make sure
that you are using an attachment that has
been approved by Sany. Sany assumes no re-
sponsibility for any failure and accident re-
sulted from installation of any attachment
unapproved by Sany.
Fig.8-43

8.5 Fueling system

8.5.1 Introduction
SANY large excavators are equipped with a

fueling system, which uses a refueling pump
assembly. The refueling pump assembly is in-
tended specially for large mobile off-theroad
machinery, vehicles and vessels. It uses on-
board battery as the power source and is not
limited by terrain and power supply, which
makes it very suitable for construction side
and field.
For information regarding refueling amount,

see "Table of capacities" on page 5-18.
8.5.2 Fueling system makeup
• The fueling system of SANY excavators in-

cludes mainly: a refueling pump assembly
(including relevant piping and valves) and a
control switch.
• Open the battery cover (1) and you can see
the control switch (2) and the refueling
pump (3).
• The main structure of the refueling pump
(3) is shown in the right illustration.
Technical specifications:
Fig.8-44
Pump flow rate 46L/min
Rated voltage 24V
Rate speed 2800 rpm
Coupling thread 3/4’G
Weight 3.5kg
Packing dimension 215×120×160mm
Fig.8-45

8.6 Central lubrication system

8.6.1 Lubrication scheme and system makeup
Fig.8-46
System makeup
1. Electric grease pump
The electric grease pump (1) is installed be-

hind the operator cab.
The pump is composed of a mounting base,

an electric pump, a pumping unit, a safety
valve and a filter.
Fig.8-47

2. Distributors
System distributors include a main distributor

(MX-F3/3) and 3 secondary distributors (MX-
F510, MX-F3/5, and MXF3/ 4)
• The main distributor (1) and a secondary

distributor (2) installed on the boom root.
• Secondary distributor (3) mounted to the
arm.
Fig.8-48
Fig.8-49
• Secondary distributor (4) mounted to the in-

side of the linkage.
3. Pipelines
Major pipelines of the system include high

pressure hoses, straight connectors, elbows,
straight expansion core, bent expansion core,
steel wire protection sleeves, hose protection
sleeves, bucket distributor protection plates,
etc..
Fig.8-50

8.6.2 Working principle
Sany excavators have a relatively central distribution of lubrication points that are close to each
other. A progressive central lubrication system is used.
Working principle: Pressurized grease from the electric grease pump is supplied to the main dis-
tributor via the pumping unit, the safety valve and the filter. Grease in the main distributor is fed
through the pipelines to the 3 secondary distributors and then supplied in turn to the lubrication
points.
Fig.8-51

8.6.3 Lubrication time setup
• A built-in electronic controller controls the

lubrication time and interval of the system.
When the machine is energized, the central
lubrication indicator in the operator cab will
blink and the LED indicator on the electric
controller of the pump will light up. The sys-
tem is actuated 25 seconds after the LED
indicator lights up.
• Lubrication interval starts when the start
key on the motor casing or on the instru-
ment panel is pressed. Upon completion of
the lubrication cycle, the motor of lubricating
pump stops and the shutdown cycle begins.
Subsequent lubrication will start according
to the preset time schedule. If the engine is
shut off during shutdown period or lubrica-
tion cycle, the cycle will be terminated and
the time period will be recorded. When the
engine is started again, the lubrication cycle
will continue counting the time from when
the previous cycle is terminated. For the
suspended lubrication cycle, pressing the
forced start button allows you to activate
the lubricant pump. Once the control unit is
energized, a lubrication cycle will be
activated.

Fig.8-52
• Setting the parameters
The interval can be set to 0.5 - 8 hours; the lubrication cycle can be set to 1 - 16 minutes, as shown
in the illustration below. If you need to adjust the time, use a flat-headed screw driver to disassem-
ble the red edge frame, loosen the four cross-headed screws, and remove the transparent covers
in turn. If any of the covers is not shut properly, water could penetrate into the control unit and dam-
age may result in.

Fig.8-53
8.6.4 Technical description
• The system will lubricate for 10 minutes every half an hour, which was set at the factory before
delivery.
• After operating for 100 hours, you can adjust (increase or decrease) the lubricating time accord-
ing to actual condition. The lubricating interval, however, shall not be changed.
• Clean lithium base grease NLG12# is recommended for the lubrication.
• Electric lubricant pump (24V/DC, 19 kg) with built-in electronic controller is used.
8.6.5 Grease filling
Grease is fed into the electric grease pump in the following three ways.
1. Standard Method
Feed grease into the pump through the ball-

type nozzle with a manual or pneumatic
grease gun.

Fig.8-54
2. Feed grease through an adapter
Fig.8-55
Fig.8-56
3. Feed grease with a grease gun

Fig.8-57
NOTE:
Consult Sany distributor if you need to install

the central lubrication system. Make sure that
you are using accessories specifi ed by Sany.
Sany assumes no responsibility for failures
and accidents caused by the installation of
any accessories that have not been approved
by Sany.

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator EC declaration
EC declaration
9 EC declaration .................................................................................................................9-1
9.1 Declaration Of Conformity ...................................................................................................9-3

EC declaration SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator
WARNING

SY365H/SY385HHydraulic Crawler Excavator EC declaration
9.EC declaration
9.1 Declaration Of Conformity
This is hereby declared that following designated product complied with the essential health and
safety requiements of machine directive 2006/42/ec on the approximation of the laws of the mem-
ber states relating to it.
THIS DECLARATION APPLIES TO ALL SPECIMENS MANUFACTURED IDENTICAL TO THE

MODEL SUBMITTED FOR TESTING/EVALUATION. ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE OF THE
PRODUCT WITH THE REQUIRMENTS RELATING TO SAFETY STANDARDS LISTED ABOVE
WAS PERFORMED BY MANUFACTURER.

HTML-365-385 Op y Mant

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HTML-365-385 Op y Mant

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Quality Changes the World

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Operation and Maintenance Manual-

Sany assumes no responsibility for consequences caused by the following factors:

• Offer quality excavators along with correct information.

Obligations of owners or authorized persons

Operation and Maintenance Manual- 1

Obligations of all operating personnel

2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-

Operation and Maintenance Manual- I

2.2 Safety messages ..................................................................................................................2-6

II Operation and Maintenance Manual-

2.3.22 Unauthorized modification ..................................................................................... 2-27

Operation and Maintenance Manual- III

2.5.2 Self-preparation ......................................................................................................... 2-52

IV Operation and Maintenance Manual-

3.2.2.15 System setting.................................................................................................. 3-17

Operation and Maintenance Manual- V

3.9 Drink box ............................................................................................................................. 3-45

VI Operation and Maintenance Manual-

4.2.2 Warm-up operation.................................................................................................... 4-20

Operation and Maintenance Manual- VII

4.15.2 Fuel and lubricant.................................................................................................... 4-43

VIII Operation and Maintenance Manual-

5.7 Maintenance procedures .................................................................................................. 5-17

Operation and Maintenance Manual- IX

5.7.8.7 Breather valve - check/replace......................................................................... 5-61

X Operation and Maintenance Manual-

6.4.2 Failure codes.............................................................................................................. 6-22

8 Optional equipment ......................................................................................................8-1

Operation and Maintenance Manual- XI

8.2.4 Hydraulic oil and filter - change/replace ................................................................. 8-17

XII Operation and Maintenance Manual-

Operation and Maintenance Manual- 1-1

1.3.5 Table for serial number and distributor information............................................. 1-12

1-2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-

1-3 Operation and Maintenance Manual-

1-4 Operation and Maintenance Manual-

• Sany-built machines offer high-quality per-

maintenance, troubleshooting and technical

Items addressed in this manual are designed

• Understand the structure and performance

Always keep this manual nearby and have all

If you sell the machine, be sure to give this

Continuing improvements in the design of this

Operation and Maintenance Manual- 1-5

1.2 Your Documentation Package

The documentation for this machine includes the following items:

1.2.2 Documentation storage

1.2.3 CD system requirements

In order to use the Sany CD, be sure of the

1.2.4 Recommendations on using the documentation

1-6 Operation and Maintenance Manual-

• To ensure that the documentation is always complete and up to date.

1.2.5 Manual organization

1.2.5.4 System functions

Operation and Maintenance Manual- 1-7

1.2.5.9 Optional equipment

1.3 Your sany machine

Sany Hydraulic Excavators are designed for the following operations:

1-8 Operation and Maintenance Manual-

1.3.2 Machine directions

(5) Operator’s seat